Klryz

Scripture · Sanskrit Bible with the King James Version · the Pāli Canon

Monks’ Rules Analysis 132 भिक्खुविभङ्ग 132

Chapter: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221

3. Tatiyapārājikasikkhāpada

Pāli in Devanagari; under each word its Roman pronunciation, syllable by syllable (ṃ = nasal hum). Tap a Pāli word for its meaning (PTS Pāli-English Dictionary); tap again to open it in the Pāli dictionary.

Verse: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221222223224225226227228229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317318319320321322323324325326327328329330331332333334335336337338339340341342343344345346347348349350351352353354355356357358359360361362363364365366367368369370371372373374375376377378379380381382383384385386387388389390391392393394395396397398399400401402403404405406407408409410411412413414415416417418419420421422423424425426427428429430431432433434435436437438439440441442443444445446447448449450451452453454455456457458459460461462463464465466467468469470471472473474475476477478479480481482483484485486487488489490491492493494495496497498499500501502503504505506507508509510511512513514515516517518519520521522523524525526527528529530531532533534535536537538539540541542543544545546547548549550551552553554555556557558559560561562563564565566567568569570571572573574575576577578579580581582583584585586587588589590591592593594595596597598599600601602603604605606607608609610611612613614615616617618619620621622623624625626627628629630631632633634635636637638639640641642643644645646647648649650651652653654655656657658659660661662663664665666667668669670671672673674675676677678679680681682683684685686687688689690691692693694695696697698699700701702703704705706707708709710711712713714715716717718719720721722723724725726727728729730731732733734735736737738739740741742743744745746747748749750751752753754755756757758759760761762763764765766767768769770771772773774775776777778779780781782783784785786787788789790791792793794795796797798799800801802803804805806807808809810811812813814815816817818819820821822823824825826827828829830831832833834835836837838839840841842843844845846847848849850851852853854855856857858859860861862863864865866867868869870871872873874875876877878879880881882 · Hide pronunciation

  1. 1

    थेरवादthe·ra·vā·da विनयvi·na·ya

    Theravāda Vinaya

    Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law

  2. 2

    महाविभङ्गma·hā·vi·bhaṅ·ga

    Mahāvibhaṅga

    The Great Analysis

  3. 3

    पाराजिककण्डpā·rā·ji·ka·kaṇ·ḍa

    Pārājikakaṇḍa

    The chapter on offenses entailing expulsion

  4. 4

    3। ततियपाराजिकसिक्खापदta·ti·ya·pā·rā·ji·ka·sik·khā·pa·da

    3. Tatiyapārājikasikkhāpada

    The training rule on killing a human being

  5. 5
  6. 6
  7. 7

    तेनte·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na बुद्धोbud·dho भगवाbha·ga·vā वेसालियंve·sā·li·yaṃ विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti महावनेma·hā·va·ne कूटागारसालायं।kū·ṭā·gā·ra·sā·lā·yaṃ

    Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ.

    At one time the Buddha was staying in the house with the peaked roof in the Great Wood near Vesālī.

  8. 8

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na असुभकथंa·su·bha·ka·thaṃ कथेति,ka·the·ti असुभायa·su·bhā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti असुभभावनायa·su·bha·bhā·va·nā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti आदिस्सā·dis·sa आदिस्सā·dis·sa असुभसमापत्तियाa·su·bha·sa·mā·pat·ti·yā वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति।bhā·sa·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṁ katheti, asubhāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati.

    At that time the Buddha spoke to the monks in many ways about unattractiveness—he spoke in praise of unattractiveness, of developing the mind in unattractiveness, and of the attainment of unattractiveness.

  9. 9

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    The Buddha then addressed the monks:

  10. 10

    “इच्छामहं,ic·chā·ma·haṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अद्धमासंad·dha·mā·saṃ पटिसल्लीयितुं।pa·ṭi·sal·lī·yi·tuṃ

    “icchāmahaṁ, bhikkhave, addhamāsaṁ paṭisallīyituṁ.

    “Monks, I wish to go into solitary retreat for half a month.

  11. 11

    नम्हिnam·hi केनचिke·na·ci उपसङ्कमितब्बो,u·pa·saṅ·ka·mi·tab·bo अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra एकेनe·ke·na पिण्डपातनीहारकेना”ति।piṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·nī·hā·ra·ke·nā

    Namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakenā”ti.

    No one should visit me except the one who brings me almsfood.”

  12. 12

    “एवं,e·vaṃ भन्ते”ति,bhan·te खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā नास्सुधnās·su·dha कोचिko·ci भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ उपसङ्कमति,u·pa·saṅ·ka·ma·ti अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra एकेनe·ke·na पिण्डपातनीहारकेन।piṇ·ḍa·pā·ta·nī·hā·ra·ke·na

    “Evaṁ, bhante”ti, kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā nāssudha koci bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamati, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena.

    “Yes, venerable sir.”

  13. 13

    भिक्खू—“भगवाbhik·khū खोkho अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na असुभकथंa·su·bha·ka·thaṃ कथेति,ka·the·ti असुभायa·su·bhā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti असुभभावनायa·su·bha·bhā·va·nā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti आदिस्सā·dis·sa आदिस्सā·dis·sa असुभसमापत्तियाa·su·bha·sa·mā·pat·ti·yā वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासती”ति,bhā·sa·tī

    Bhikkhū—“bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṁ katheti, asubhāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsatī”ti,

    Soon afterwards the monks reflected that the Buddha had praised unattractiveness in many ways,

  14. 14

    तेte अनेकाकारवोकारंa·ne·kā·kā·ra·vo·kā·raṃ असुभभावनानुयोगमनुयुत्ताa·su·bha·bhā·va·nā·nu·yo·ga·ma·nu·yut·tā विहरन्ति।vi·ha·ran·ti

    te anekākāravokāraṁ asubhabhāvanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti.

    and they devoted themselves to developing the mind in unattractiveness in its many different facets.

  15. 15

    तेte सकेनsa·ke·na कायेनkā·ye·na अट्टीयन्तिaṭ·ṭī·yan·ti हरायन्तिha·rā·yan·ti जिगुच्छन्ति।ji·guc·chan·ti

    Te sakena kāyena aṭṭīyanti harāyanti jigucchanti.

    As a consequence, they became troubled by their own bodies, ashamed of and disgusted with them.

  16. 16

    सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi नामnā·ma इत्थीit·thī वाvā पुरिसोpu·ri·so वाvā दहरोda·ha·ro युवाyu·vā मण्डनकजातिकोmaṇ·ḍa·na·ka·jā·ti·ko सीसंन्हातोsī·saṃn·hā·to अहिकुणपेनa·hi·ku·ṇa·pe·na वाvā कुक्कुरकुणपेनkuk·ku·ra·ku·ṇa·pe·na वाvā मनुस्सकुणपेनma·nus·sa·ku·ṇa·pe·na वाvā कण्ठेkaṇ·ṭhe आसत्तेनā·sat·te·na अट्टीयेय्यaṭ·ṭī·yey·ya हरायेय्यha·rā·yey·ya जिगुच्छेय्य;ji·guc·chey·ya

    Seyyathāpi nāma itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṁnhāto ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya;

    Just as a young woman or man—someone fond of adornments, with freshly washed hair—would be ashamed, humiliated, and disgusted if the carcass of a snake, dog, or man was hung around her neck,

  17. 17

    एवमेवe·va·me·va तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū सकेनsa·ke·na कायेनkā·ye·na अट्टीयन्ताaṭ·ṭī·yan·tā हरायन्ताha·rā·yan·tā जिगुच्छन्ताji·guc·chan·tā

    evameva te bhikkhū sakena kāyena aṭṭīyantā harāyantā jigucchantā

    just so those monks were troubled by their own bodies.

  18. 18

    अत्तनापिat·ta·nā·pi अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेन्ति,vo·ro·pen·ti अञ्ञमञ्ञम्पिañ·ña·mañ·ñam·pi जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेन्ति,vo·ro·pen·ti

    attanāpi attānaṁ jīvitā voropenti, aññamaññampi jīvitā voropenti,

    They took their own lives, took the lives of one another,

  19. 19

    मिगलण्डिकम्पिmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·kam·pi समणकुत्तकंsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·kaṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदन्ति—va·dan·ti

    migalaṇḍikampi samaṇakuttakaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadanti—

    and they went to Migalaṇḍika, the monastic lookalike, and said,

  20. 20

    “साधुsā·dhu नो,no आवुसो,ā·vu·so जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेहि।vo·ro·pe·hi

    “sādhu no, āvuso, jīvitā voropehi.

    “Please kill us.

  21. 21

    इदंi·daṃ तेte पत्तचीवरंpat·ta·cī·va·raṃ भविस्सती”ति।bha·vis·sa·tī

    Idaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ bhavissatī”ti.

    You will get our bowl and robes.”

  22. 22

    अथa·tha खोkho मिगलण्डिकोmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·ko समणकुत्तकोsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·ko पत्तचीवरेहिpat·ta·cī·va·re·hi भटोbha·ṭo सम्बहुलेsam·ba·hu·le भिक्खूbhik·khū जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेत्वाvo·ro·pet·vā लोहितकंlo·hi·ta·kaṃ असिंa·siṃ आदायā·dā·ya येनye·na वग्गुमुदाvag·gu·mu·dā नदीna·dī तेनुपसङ्कमि।te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi

    Atha kho migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako pattacīvarehi bhaṭo sambahule bhikkhū jīvitā voropetvā lohitakaṁ asiṁ ādāya yena vaggumudā nadī tenupasaṅkami.

    And hired for a bowl and robes, Migalaṇḍika killed a number of monks. He then took his blood-stained knife to the river Vaggumudā.

  23. 23

    अथa·tha खोkho मिगलण्डिकस्सmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·kas·sa समणकुत्तकस्सsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·kas·sa लोहितकंlo·hi·ta·kaṃ तंtaṃ असिंa·siṃ धोवन्तस्सdho·van·tas·sa अहुदेवa·hu·de·va कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहुa·hu विप्पटिसारो—vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro

    Atha kho migalaṇḍikassa samaṇakuttakassa lohitakaṁ taṁ asiṁ dhovantassa ahudeva kukkuccaṁ ahu vippaṭisāro—

    While washing it, he became anxious and remorseful, thinking,

  24. 24

    “अलाभाa·lā·bhā वतva·ta मे,me नna वतva·ta मेme लाभा;lā·bhā दुल्लद्धंdul·lad·dhaṃ वतva·ta मे,me नna वतva·ta मेme सुलद्धं।su·lad·dhaṃ

    “alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā; dulladdhaṁ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṁ.

    “What the heck have I done?

  25. 25

    बहुंba·huṃ वतva·ta मयाma·yā अपुञ्ञंa·puñ·ñaṃ पसुतं,pa·su·taṃ योहंyo·haṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū सीलवन्तेsī·la·van·te कल्याणधम्मेkal·yā·ṇa·dham·me जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसिन्”ति।vo·ro·pe·sin

    Bahuṁ vata mayā apuññaṁ pasutaṁ, yohaṁ bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme jīvitā voropesin”ti.

    I’ve made so much demerit by killing good monks.”

  26. 26

    अथa·tha खोkho अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā मारकायिकाmā·ra·kā·yi·kā देवताde·va·tā अभिज्जमानेa·bhij·ja·mā·ne उदकेu·da·ke आगन्त्वाā·gan·tvā मिगलण्डिकंmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·kaṃ समणकुत्तकंsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·kaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho aññatarā mārakāyikā devatā abhijjamāne udake āgantvā migalaṇḍikaṁ samaṇakuttakaṁ etadavoca—

    Then a god from the realm of the Lord of Death, coming across the water, said to Migalaṇḍika,

  27. 27

    “साधुsā·dhu साधु,sā·dhu सप्पुरिस,sap·pu·ri·sa लाभाlā·bhā ते,te सप्पुरिस,sap·pu·ri·sa सुलद्धंsu·lad·dhaṃ ते,te सप्पुरिस।sap·pu·ri·sa

    “sādhu sādhu, sappurisa, lābhā te, sappurisa, suladdhaṁ te, sappurisa.

    “Well done, superior man, you’re truly fortunate.

  28. 28

    बहुंba·huṃ तया,ta·yā सप्पुरिस,sap·pu·ri·sa पुञ्ञंpuñ·ñaṃ पसुतं,pa·su·taṃ यंyaṃ त्वंtvaṃ अतिण्णेa·tiṇ·ṇe तारेसी”ति।tā·re·sī

    Bahuṁ tayā, sappurisa, puññaṁ pasutaṁ, yaṁ tvaṁ atiṇṇe tāresī”ti.

    You’ve made much merit by helping across those who hadn’t yet crossed.”

  29. 29

    अथa·tha खोkho मिगलण्डिकोmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·ko समणकुत्तको—sa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·ko

    Atha kho migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako—

    Migalaṇḍika thought,

  30. 30

    “लाभाlā·bhā किरki·ra मे,me सुलद्धंsu·lad·dhaṃ किरki·ra मे,me बहुंba·huṃ किरki·ra मयाma·yā पुञ्ञंpuñ·ñaṃ पसुतं,pa·su·taṃ अतिण्णेa·tiṇ·ṇe किराहंki·rā·haṃ तारेमी”ति,tā·re·mī

    “lābhā kira me, suladdhaṁ kira me, bahuṁ kira mayā puññaṁ pasutaṁ, atiṇṇe kirāhaṁ tāremī”ti,

    “So it seems that I’m fortunate, that I’ve made much merit!”

  31. 31

    तिण्हंtiṇ·haṃ असिंa·siṃ आदायā·dā·ya विहारेनvi·hā·re·na विहारंvi·hā·raṃ परिवेणेनpa·ri·ve·ṇe·na परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदेति—va·de·ti

    tiṇhaṁ asiṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ pariveṇena pariveṇaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—

    He then went from dwelling to dwelling, from yard to yard, and said,

  32. 32

    “कोko अतिण्णो,a·tiṇ·ṇo कंkaṃ तारेमी”ति?tā·re·mī

    “ko atiṇṇo, kaṁ tāremī”ti?

    “Who hasn’t crossed yet? Who can I help across?”

  33. 33

    तत्थtat·tha येye तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū अवीतरागाa·vī·ta·rā·gā तेसंte·saṃ तस्मिंtas·miṃ समयेsa·ma·ye होतियेवho·ti·ye·va भयंbha·yaṃ होतिho·ti छम्भितत्तंcham·bhi·tat·taṃ होतिho·ti लोमहंसो।lo·ma·haṃ·so

    Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā tesaṁ tasmiṁ samaye hotiyeva bhayaṁ hoti chambhitattaṁ hoti lomahaṁso.

    The monks who still had worldly attachments became fearful and terrified, with goosebumps all over.

  34. 34

    येye पनpa·na तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū वीतरागाvī·ta·rā·gā तेसंte·saṃ तस्मिंtas·miṃ समयेsa·ma·ye नna होतिho·ti भयंbha·yaṃ नna होतिho·ti छम्भितत्तंcham·bhi·tat·taṃ नna होतिho·ti लोमहंसो।lo·ma·haṃ·so

    Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā tesaṁ tasmiṁ samaye na hoti bhayaṁ na hoti chambhitattaṁ na hoti lomahaṁso.

    Only those who were free from worldly attachments were unaffected.

  35. 35

    अथa·tha खोkho मिगलण्डिकोmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·ko समणकुत्तकोsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·ko एकम्पिe·kam·pi भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si द्वेपिdve·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si तयोपिta·yo·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si चत्तारोपिcat·tā·ro·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si पञ्चपिpañ·ca·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si दसपिda·sa·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si वीसम्पिvī·sam·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si तिंसम्पिtiṃ·sam·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si चत्तालीसम्पिcat·tā·lī·sam·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si पञ्ञासम्पिpañ·ñā·sam·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि,vo·ro·pe·si सट्ठिम्पिsaṭ·ṭhim·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि।vo·ro·pe·si

    Atha kho migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako ekampi bhikkhuṁ ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, dvepi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, tayopi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, cattāropi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, pañcapi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, dasapi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, vīsampi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, tiṁsampi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, cattālīsampi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, paññāsampi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi, saṭṭhimpi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi.

    Then, on a single day, Migalaṇḍika killed one monk, two monks, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, even sixty monks.

  36. 36

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā तस्सtas·sa अद्धमासस्सad·dha·mā·sas·sa अच्चयेनac·ca·ye·na पटिसल्लानाpa·ṭi·sal·lā·nā वुट्ठितोvuṭ·ṭhi·to आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ आनन्दंā·nan·daṃ आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho bhagavā tassa addhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—

    At the end of that half-month, when the Buddha came out of seclusion, he said to Venerable Ānanda,

  37. 37

    “किंkiṃ नुnu खो,kho आनन्द,ā·nan·da तनुभूतोta·nu·bhū·to वियvi·ya भिक्खुसङ्घो”ति?bhik·khu·saṅ·gho

    “kiṁ nu kho, ānanda, tanubhūto viya bhikkhusaṅgho”ti?

    “Ānanda, why is the Sangha of monks so reduced?”

  38. 38

    “तथाta·thā हिhi पन,pa·na भन्ते,bhan·te भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na असुभकथंa·su·bha·ka·thaṃ कथेति,ka·the·ti असुभायa·su·bhā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti असुभभावनायa·su·bha·bhā·va·nā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti आदिस्सā·dis·sa आदिस्सā·dis·sa असुभसमापत्तियाa·su·bha·sa·mā·pat·ti·yā वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति।bhā·sa·ti

    “Tathā hi pana, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṁ katheti, asubhāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati.

    Ānanda told him what had happened,

  39. 39

    तेte च,ca भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खू—bhik·khū ‘भगवाbha·ga·vā खोkho अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na असुभकथंa·su·bha·ka·thaṃ कथेति,ka·the·ti असुभायa·su·bhā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti असुभभावनायa·su·bha·bhā·va·nā·ya वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासति,bhā·sa·ti आदिस्सā·dis·sa आदिस्सā·dis·sa असुभसमापत्तियाa·su·bha·sa·mā·pat·ti·yā वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासती’ति,bhā·sa·tī तेte अनेकाकारवोकारंa·ne·kā·kā·ra·vo·kā·raṃ असुभभावनानुयोगमनुयुत्ताa·su·bha·bhā·va·nā·nu·yo·ga·ma·nu·yut·tā विहरन्ति।vi·ha·ran·ti

    Te ca, bhante, bhikkhū— ‘bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṁ katheti, asubhāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṁ bhāsatī’ti, te anekākāravokāraṁ asubhabhāvanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti.

    (Pāli only)

  40. 40

    तेte सकेनsa·ke·na कायेनkā·ye·na अट्टीयन्तिaṭ·ṭī·yan·ti हरायन्तिha·rā·yan·ti जिगुच्छन्ति।ji·guc·chan·ti

    Te sakena kāyena aṭṭīyanti harāyanti jigucchanti.

    (Pāli only)

  41. 41

    सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi नामnā·ma इत्थीit·thī वाvā पुरिसोpu·ri·so वाvā दहरोda·ha·ro युवाyu·vā मण्डनकजातिकोmaṇ·ḍa·na·ka·jā·ti·ko सीसंन्हातोsī·saṃn·hā·to अहिकुणपेनa·hi·ku·ṇa·pe·na वाvā कुक्कुरकुणपेनkuk·ku·ra·ku·ṇa·pe·na वाvā मनुस्सकुणपेनma·nus·sa·ku·ṇa·pe·na वाvā कण्ठेkaṇ·ṭhe आसत्तेनā·sat·te·na अट्टीयेय्यaṭ·ṭī·yey·ya हरायेय्यha·rā·yey·ya जिगुच्छेय्य;ji·guc·chey·ya

    Seyyathāpi nāma itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṁnhāto ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya;

    (Pāli only)

  42. 42

    एवमेवe·va·me·va तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū सकेनsa·ke·na कायेनkā·ye·na अट्टीयन्ताaṭ·ṭī·yan·tā हरायन्ताha·rā·yan·tā जिगुच्छन्ताji·guc·chan·tā

    evameva te bhikkhū sakena kāyena aṭṭīyantā harāyantā jigucchantā

    (Pāli only)

  43. 43

    अत्तनापिat·ta·nā·pi अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेन्ति,vo·ro·pen·ti अञ्ञमञ्ञम्पिañ·ña·mañ·ñam·pi जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेन्ति,vo·ro·pen·ti

    attanāpi attānaṁ jīvitā voropenti, aññamaññampi jīvitā voropenti,

    (Pāli only)

  44. 44

    मिगलण्डिकम्पिmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·kam·pi समणकुत्तकंsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·kaṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदन्ति—va·dan·ti

    migalaṇḍikampi samaṇakuttakaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadanti—

    (Pāli only)

  45. 45

    ‘साधुsā·dhu नो,no आवुसो,ā·vu·so जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेहि।vo·ro·pe·hi

    ‘sādhu no, āvuso, jīvitā voropehi.

    (Pāli only)

  46. 46

    इदंi·daṃ तेte पत्तचीवरंpat·ta·cī·va·raṃ भविस्सती’ति।bha·vis·sa·tī

    Idaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ bhavissatī’ti.

    (Pāli only)

  47. 47

    अथa·tha खो,kho भन्ते,bhan·te मिगलण्डिकोmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·ko समणकुत्तकोsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·ko पत्तचीवरेहिpat·ta·cī·va·re·hi भटोbha·ṭo एकम्पिe·kam·pi भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसिvo·ro·pe·si …पे…pe सट्ठिम्पिsaṭ·ṭhim·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū एकाहेनe·kā·he·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि।vo·ro·pe·si

    Atha kho, bhante, migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako pattacīvarehi bhaṭo ekampi bhikkhuṁ ekāhena jīvitā voropesi …pe… saṭṭhimpi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi.

    (Pāli only)

  48. 48

    साधु,sā·dhu भन्ते,bhan·te भगवाbha·ga·vā अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ परियायंpa·ri·yā·yaṃ आचिक्खतुā·cik·kha·tu यथायंya·thā·yaṃ भिक्खुसङ्घोbhik·khu·saṅ·gho अञ्ञायañ·ñā·ya सण्ठहेय्या”ति।saṇ·ṭha·hey·yā

    Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā aññaṁ pariyāyaṁ ācikkhatu yathāyaṁ bhikkhusaṅgho aññāya saṇṭhaheyyā”ti.

    adding, “Please give another instruction, sir, for the Sangha of monks to become established in perfect insight.”

  49. 49

    “तेनहानन्द,te·na·hā·nan·da यावतिकाyā·va·ti·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū वेसालिंve·sā·liṃ उपनिस्सायu·pa·nis·sā·ya विहरन्तिvi·ha·ran·ti तेte सब्बेsab·be उपट्ठानसालायंu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā·yaṃ सन्निपातेही”ति।san·ni·pā·te·hī

    “Tenahānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātehī”ti.

    “Well then, Ānanda, bring together in the assembly hall all the monks who live supported by Vesālī.”

  50. 50

    “एवं,e·vaṃ भन्ते”ति,bhan·te

    “Evaṁ, bhante”ti,

    “Yes.”

  51. 51

    खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā आनन्दोā·nan·do भगवतोbha·ga·va·to पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā यावतिकाyā·va·ti·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū वेसालिंve·sā·liṃ उपनिस्सायu·pa·nis·sā·ya विहरन्तिvi·ha·ran·ti तेte सब्बेsab·be उपट्ठानसालायंu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā·yaṃ सन्निपातेत्वाsan·ni·pā·tet·vā येनye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तेनुपसङ्कमि;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—

    When he had done so, he went to the Buddha and said,

  52. 52

    “सन्निपतितो,san·ni·pa·ti·to भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुसङ्घो;bhik·khu·saṅ·gho

    “sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho;

    “Sir, the Sangha of monks is gathered.

  53. 53

    यस्सदानि,yas·sa·dā·ni भन्ते,bhan·te भगवाbha·ga·vā कालंkā·laṃ मञ्ञती”ति।mañ·ña·tī

    yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṁ maññatī”ti.

    Please do as you think appropriate.”

  54. 54

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā येनye·na उपट्ठानसालाu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā तेनुपसङ्कमि;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā पञ्ञत्तेpañ·ñat·te आसनेā·sa·ne निसीदि।ni·sī·di निसज्जni·saj·ja खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho bhagavā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    The Buddha then went to the assembly hall, sat down on the prepared seat, and addressed the monks:

  55. 55

    “अयम्पिa·yam·pi खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आनापानस्सतिसमाधिā·nā·pā·nas·sa·ti·sa·mā·dhi भावितोbhā·vi·to बहुलीकतोba·hu·lī·ka·to सन्तोsan·to चेवce·va पणीतोpa·ṇī·to चca असेचनकोa·se·ca·na·ko चca सुखोsu·kho चca विहारोvi·hā·ro उप्पन्नुप्पन्नेup·pan·nup·pan·ne चca पापकेpā·pa·ke अकुसलेa·ku·sa·le धम्मेdham·me ठानसोṭhā·na·so अन्तरधापेतिan·ta·ra·dhā·pe·ti वूपसमेति।vū·pa·sa·me·ti

    “Ayampi kho, bhikkhave, ānāpānassatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.

    “Monks, when stillness by mindfulness of breathing is developed and cultivated, it is peaceful and sublime, and a satisfying state of bliss. And it removes bad and unwholesome qualities on the spot, whenever they arise.

  56. 56

    सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve गिम्हानंgim·hā·naṃ पच्छिमेpac·chi·me मासेmā·se उहतंu·ha·taṃ रजोजल्लंra·jo·jal·laṃ तमेनंta·me·naṃ महाअकालमेघोma·hā·a·kā·la·me·gho ठानसोṭhā·na·so अन्तरधापेतिan·ta·ra·dhā·pe·ti वूपसमेति;vū·pa·sa·me·ti

    Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṁ pacchime māse uhataṁ rajojallaṁ tamenaṁ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti;

    Just as a great, unseasonal storm in the last month of summer removes the dust and dirt from the air,

  57. 57

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आनापानस्सतिसमाधिā·nā·pā·nas·sa·ti·sa·mā·dhi भावितोbhā·vi·to बहुलीकतोba·hu·lī·ka·to सन्तोsan·to चेवce·va पणीतोpa·ṇī·to चca असेचनकोa·se·ca·na·ko चca सुखोsu·kho चca विहारोvi·hā·ro उप्पन्नुप्पन्नेup·pan·nup·pan·ne चca पापकेpā·pa·ke अकुसलेa·ku·sa·le धम्मेdham·me ठानसोṭhā·na·so अन्तरधापेतिan·ta·ra·dhā·pe·ti वूपसमेति।vū·pa·sa·me·ti

    evameva kho, bhikkhave, ānāpānassatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.

    just so, when stillness by mindfulness of breathing is developed and cultivated, it is peaceful and sublime, and it removes bad and unwholesome qualities on the spot, whenever they arise.

  58. 58

    कथंka·thaṃ भावितोbhā·vi·to च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आनापानस्सतिसमाधिā·nā·pā·nas·sa·ti·sa·mā·dhi कथंka·thaṃ बहुलीकतोba·hu·lī·ka·to सन्तोsan·to चेवce·va पणीतोpa·ṇī·to चca असेचनकोa·se·ca·na·ko चca सुखोsu·kho चca विहारोvi·hā·ro उप्पन्नुप्पन्नेup·pan·nup·pan·ne चca पापकेpā·pa·ke अकुसलेa·ku·sa·le धम्मेdham·me ठानसोṭhā·na·so अन्तरधापेतिan·ta·ra·dhā·pe·ti वूपसमेति?vū·pa·sa·me·ti

    Kathaṁ bhāvito ca, bhikkhave, ānāpānassatisamādhi kathaṁ bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti?

    And how is stillness by mindfulness of breathing developed and cultivated in this way?

  59. 59

    इध,i·dha भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu अरञ्ञगतोa·rañ·ña·ga·to वाvā रुक्खमूलगतोruk·kha·mū·la·ga·to वाvā सुञ्ञागारगतोsuñ·ñā·gā·ra·ga·to वाvā निसीदतिni·sī·da·ti पल्लङ्कंpal·laṅ·kaṃ आभुजित्वाā·bhu·jit·vā उजुंu·juṃ कायंkā·yaṃ पणिधायpa·ṇi·dhā·ya परिमुखंpa·ri·mu·khaṃ सतिंsa·tiṃ उपट्ठपेत्वा।u·paṭ·ṭha·pet·vā

    Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā.

    A monk sits down in the wilderness, at the foot of a tree, or in an empty hut. He crosses his legs, straightens his body, and sets up mindfulness in front of him.

  60. 60

    सोso सतोवsa·to·va अस्ससति,as·sa·sa·ti सतोsa·to पस्ससति।pas·sa·sa·ti

    So satova assasati, sato passasati.

    Simply mindful, he breathes in; mindful, he breathes out.

  61. 61

    दीघंdī·ghaṃ वाvā अस्ससन्तोas·sa·san·to दीघंdī·ghaṃ अस्ससामीतिas·sa·sā·mī·ti पजानाति,pa·jā·nā·ti दीघंdī·ghaṃ वाvā पस्ससन्तोpas·sa·san·to दीघंdī·ghaṃ पस्ससामीतिpas·sa·sā·mī·ti पजानाति।pa·jā·nā·ti

    Dīghaṁ vā assasanto dīghaṁ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṁ vā passasanto dīghaṁ passasāmīti pajānāti.

    When he breathes in long, he knows it; and when he breathes out long, he knows that.

  62. 62

    रस्संras·saṃ वाvā अस्ससन्तोas·sa·san·to रस्संras·saṃ अस्ससामीतिas·sa·sā·mī·ti पजानाति,pa·jā·nā·ti रस्संras·saṃ वाvā पस्ससन्तोpas·sa·san·to रस्संras·saṃ पस्ससामीतिpas·sa·sā·mī·ti पजानाति।pa·jā·nā·ti

    Rassaṁ vā assasanto rassaṁ assasāmīti pajānāti, rassaṁ vā passasanto rassaṁ passasāmīti pajānāti.

    When he breathes in short, he knows it; and when he breathes out short, he knows that.

  63. 63

    सब्बकायप्पटिसंवेदीsab·ba·kā·yap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī अस्ससिस्सामीतिas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti सब्बकायप्पटिसंवेदीsab·ba·kā·yap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī पस्ससिस्सामीतिpas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti

    Sabbakāyappaṭisaṁvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati. Sabbakāyappaṭisaṁvedī passasissāmīti sikkhati.

    When breathing in, he trains in fully experiencing the breath; when breathing out, he trains in fully experiencing the breath.

  64. 64

    पस्सम्भयंpas·sam·bha·yaṃ कायसङ्खारंkā·ya·saṅ·khā·raṃ अस्ससिस्सामीतिas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti पस्सम्भयंpas·sam·bha·yaṃ कायसङ्खारंkā·ya·saṅ·khā·raṃ पस्ससिस्सामीतिpas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti

    Passambhayaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ assasissāmīti sikkhati. Passambhayaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ passasissāmīti sikkhati.

    When breathing in, he trains in calming the activity of the body; when breathing out, he trains in calming the activity of the body.

  65. 65

    पीतिप्पटिसंवेदीpī·tip·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī अस्ससिस्सामीतिas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti पीतिप्पटिसंवेदीpī·tip·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī पस्ससिस्सामीतिpas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti

    Pītippaṭisaṁvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati. Pītippaṭisaṁvedī passasissāmīti sikkhati.

    When breathing in, he trains in experiencing joy; when breathing out, he trains in experiencing joy.

  66. 66

    सुखप्पटिसंवेदीsu·khap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī अस्ससिस्सामीतिas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti सुखप्पटिसंवेदीsu·khap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī पस्ससिस्सामीतिpas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti

    Sukhappaṭisaṁvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati. Sukhappaṭisaṁvedī passasissāmīti sikkhati.

    When breathing in, he trains in experiencing bliss; when breathing out, he trains in experiencing bliss.

  67. 67

    चित्तसङ्खारप्पटिसंवेदीcit·ta·saṅ·khā·rap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī अस्ससिस्सामीतिas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti चित्तसङ्खारप्पटिसंवेदीcit·ta·saṅ·khā·rap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī पस्ससिस्सामीतिpas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti

    Cittasaṅkhārappaṭisaṁvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati. Cittasaṅkhārappaṭisaṁvedī passasissāmīti sikkhati.

    When breathing in, he trains in experiencing the activity of the mind; when breathing out, he trains in experiencing the activity of the mind.

  68. 68

    पस्सम्भयंpas·sam·bha·yaṃ चित्तसङ्खारंcit·ta·saṅ·khā·raṃ अस्ससिस्सामीतिas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti पस्सम्भयंpas·sam·bha·yaṃ चित्तसङ्खारंcit·ta·saṅ·khā·raṃ पस्ससिस्सामीतिpas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti

    Passambhayaṁ cittasaṅkhāraṁ assasissāmīti sikkhati. Passambhayaṁ cittasaṅkhāraṁ passasissāmīti sikkhati.

    When breathing in, he trains in calming the activity of the mind; when breathing out, he trains in calming the activity of the mind.

  69. 69

    चित्तप्पटिसंवेदीcit·tap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī अस्ससिस्सामीतिas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti चित्तप्पटिसंवेदीcit·tap·pa·ṭi·saṃ·ve·dī पस्ससिस्सामीतिpas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti

    Cittappaṭisaṁvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati. Cittappaṭisaṁvedī passasissāmīti sikkhati.

    When breathing in, he trains in experiencing the mind; when breathing out, he trains in experiencing the mind.

  70. 70

    अभिप्पमोदयंa·bhip·pa·mo·da·yaṃ चित्तंcit·taṃ …पे…pe

    Abhippamodayaṁ cittaṁ …pe…

    When breathing in, he trains in gladdening the mind; when breathing out, he trains in gladdening the mind.

  71. 71

    समादहंsa·mā·da·haṃ चित्तंcit·taṃ …पे…pe

    samādahaṁ cittaṁ …pe…

    When breathing in, he trains in stilling the mind; when breathing out, he trains in stilling the mind.

  72. 72
  73. 73
  74. 74
  75. 75
  76. 76

    पटिनिस्सग्गानुपस्सीpa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·nu·pas·sī अस्ससिस्सामीतिas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti पटिनिस्सग्गानुपस्सीpa·ṭi·nis·sag·gā·nu·pas·sī पस्ससिस्सामीतिpas·sa·sis·sā·mī·ti सिक्खति।sik·kha·ti

    paṭinissaggānupassī assasissāmīti sikkhati. Paṭinissaggānupassī passasissāmīti sikkhati.

    When breathing in, he trains in contemplating relinquishment; when breathing out, he trains in contemplating relinquishment.

  77. 77

    एवंe·vaṃ भावितोbhā·vi·to खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आनापानस्सतिसमाधिā·nā·pā·nas·sa·ti·sa·mā·dhi एवंe·vaṃ बहुलीकतोba·hu·lī·ka·to सन्तोsan·to चेवce·va पणीतोpa·ṇī·to चca असेचनकोa·se·ca·na·ko चca सुखोsu·kho चca विहारोvi·hā·ro उप्पन्नुप्पन्नेup·pan·nup·pan·ne चca पापकेpā·pa·ke अकुसलेa·ku·sa·le धम्मेdham·me ठानसोṭhā·na·so अन्तरधापेतिan·ta·ra·dhā·pe·ti वूपसमेती”ति।vū·pa·sa·me·tī

    Evaṁ bhāvito kho, bhikkhave, ānāpānassatisamādhi evaṁ bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametī”ti.

    Monks, when stillness by mindfulness of breathing is developed and cultivated like this, it is peaceful and sublime, and a satisfying state of bliss. And it removes bad and unwholesome qualities on the spot, whenever they arise.”

  78. 78

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ निदानेni·dā·ne एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ पकरणेpa·ka·ra·ṇe भिक्खुसङ्घंbhik·khu·saṅ·ghaṃ सन्निपातापेत्वाsan·ni·pā·tā·pet·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū पटिपुच्छि—pa·ṭi·puc·chi

    Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi—

    The Buddha then had the Sangha gathered and questioned the monks:

  79. 79

    “सच्चंsac·caṃ किर,ki·ra भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खूbhik·khū अत्तनापिat·ta·nā·pi अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेन्ति,vo·ro·pen·ti अञ्ञमञ्ञम्पिañ·ña·mañ·ñam·pi जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेन्तिvo·ro·pen·ti मिगलण्डिकम्पिmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·kam·pi समणकुत्तकंsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·kaṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वदन्ति—va·dan·ti

    “saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū attanāpi attānaṁ jīvitā voropenti, aññamaññampi jīvitā voropenti migalaṇḍikampi samaṇakuttakaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadanti—

    “Is it true, monks, that there are monks who have taken their own lives, who have killed one another, and who have said to Migalaṇḍika,

  80. 80

    ‘साधुsā·dhu नो,no आवुसो,ā·vu·so जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेहि,vo·ro·pe·hi इदंi·daṃ तेte पत्तचीवरंpat·ta·cī·va·raṃ भविस्सती’”ति?bha·vis·sa·tī

    ‘sādhu no, āvuso, jīvitā voropehi, idaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ bhavissatī’”ti?

    ‘Please kill us. You will get our bowl and robes’?”

  81. 81

    “सच्चं,sac·caṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “It’s true, sir.”

  82. 82

    विगरहिvi·ga·ra·hi बुद्धोbud·dho भगवा—bha·ga·vā

    Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—

    The Buddha rebuked them,

  83. 83

    “अननुच्छविकं,a·na·nuc·cha·vi·kaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve तेसंte·saṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अननुलोमिकंa·na·nu·lo·mi·kaṃ अप्पटिरूपंap·pa·ṭi·rū·paṃ अस्सामणकंas·sā·ma·ṇa·kaṃ अकप्पियंa·kap·pi·yaṃ अकरणीयं।a·ka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ

    “ananucchavikaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ananulomikaṁ appaṭirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

    “Monks, it’s not suitable for these monks, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.

  84. 84

    कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma ते,te भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खूbhik·khū अत्तनापिat·ta·nā·pi अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेस्सन्ति,vo·ro·pes·san·ti अञ्ञमञ्ञम्पिañ·ña·mañ·ñam·pi जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेस्सन्ति,vo·ro·pes·san·ti मिगलण्डिकम्पिmi·ga·laṇ·ḍi·kam·pi समणकुत्तकंsa·ma·ṇa·kut·ta·kaṃ उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā एवंe·vaṃ वक्खन्ति—vak·khan·ti

    Kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū attanāpi attānaṁ jīvitā voropessanti, aññamaññampi jīvitā voropessanti, migalaṇḍikampi samaṇakuttakaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vakkhanti—

    How could those monks do this?

  85. 85

    ‘साधुsā·dhu नो,no आवुसो,ā·vu·so जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेहि,vo·ro·pe·hi इदंi·daṃ तेte पत्तचीवरंpat·ta·cī·va·raṃ भविस्सती’ति।bha·vis·sa·tī

    ‘sādhu no, āvuso, jīvitā voropehi, idaṁ te pattacīvaraṁ bhavissatī’ti.

    (Pāli only)

  86. 86

    नेतं,ne·taṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अप्पसन्नानंap·pa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā पसादायpa·sā·dā·ya …पे…pe

    Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya …pe…

    This will affect people’s confidence …” …

  87. 87

    एवञ्चe·vañ·ca पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमंi·maṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ उद्दिसेय्याथ—ud·di·sey·yā·tha

    evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ uddiseyyātha—

    “And, monks, this training rule should be recited like this:

  88. 88
  89. 89

    “योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca मनुस्सविग्गहंma·nus·sa·vig·ga·haṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेय्यvo·ro·pey·ya सत्थहारकंsat·tha·hā·ra·kaṃ वास्सvās·sa परियेसेय्य,pa·ri·ye·sey·ya

    “Yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropeyya satthahārakaṁ vāssa pariyeseyya,

    ‘If a monk intentionally kills a human being or seeks an instrument of death for them,

  90. 90

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो”ति।a·saṃ·vā·so

    ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso”ti.

    he too is expelled and excluded from the community.’”

  91. 91

    एवञ्चिदंe·vañ·ci·daṃ भगवताbha·ga·va·tā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तंpañ·ñat·taṃ होति।ho·ti

    Evañcidaṁ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ hoti.

    In this way the Buddha laid down this training rule for the monks.

  92. 92
  93. 93

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako gilāno hoti.

    At one time a certain lay follower was sick.

  94. 94

    तस्सtas·sa पजापतिpa·jā·pa·ti अभिरूपाa·bhi·rū·pā होतिho·ti दस्सनीयाdas·sa·nī·yā पासादिका।pā·sā·di·kā

    Tassa pajāpati abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā.

    He had a beautiful and pleasant wife,

  95. 95

    छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū तस्साtas·sā इत्थियाit·thi·yā पटिबद्धचित्ताpa·ṭi·bad·dha·cit·tā होन्ति।hon·ti

    Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tassā itthiyā paṭibaddhacittā honti.

    who the monks from the group of six had fallen in love with.

  96. 96

    अथa·tha खोkho छब्बग्गियानंchab·bag·gi·yā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Atha kho chabbaggiyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—

    They said to each other,

  97. 97

    “सचेsa·ce खोkho सो,so आवुसो,ā·vu·so उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko जीविस्सतिjī·vis·sa·ti नna मयंma·yaṃ तंtaṃ इत्थिंit·thiṃ लभिस्साम।la·bhis·sā·ma

    “sace kho so, āvuso, upāsako jīvissati na mayaṁ taṁ itthiṁ labhissāma.

    “If this lay follower recovers, we won’t get her.

  98. 98

    हन्दhan·da मयं,ma·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so तस्सtas·sa उपासकस्सu·pā·sa·kas·sa मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ संवण्णेमा”ति।saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·mā

    Handa mayaṁ, āvuso, tassa upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṁ saṁvaṇṇemā”ti.

    Come, let’s praise death to him.”

  99. 99

    अथa·tha खोkho छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū येनye·na सोso उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko तेनुपसङ्कमिंसु;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·miṃ·su उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā तंtaṃ उपासकंu·pā·sa·kaṃ एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

    Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena so upāsako tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ upāsakaṁ etadavocuṁ—

    They then went to that lay follower and said,

  100. 100

    “त्वंtvaṃ खोसि,kho·si उपासक,u·pā·sa·ka कतकल्याणोka·ta·kal·yā·ṇo कतकुसलोka·ta·ku·sa·lo कतभीरुत्ताणोka·ta·bhī·rut·tā·ṇo अकतपापोa·ka·ta·pā·po अकतलुद्दोa·ka·ta·lud·do अकतकिब्बिसो।a·ka·ta·kib·bi·so

    “tvaṁ khosi, upāsaka, katakalyāṇo katakusalo katabhīruttāṇo akatapāpo akataluddo akatakibbiso.

    “You’ve done what’s good and wholesome; you’ve made a shelter against fear. You haven’t done anything bad; you haven’t been greedy or immoral.

  101. 101

    कतंka·taṃ तयाta·yā कल्याणं,kal·yā·ṇaṃ अकतंa·ka·taṃ तयाta·yā पापं।pā·paṃ

    Kataṁ tayā kalyāṇaṁ, akataṁ tayā pāpaṁ.

    (Pāli only)

  102. 102

    किंkiṃ तुय्हिमिनाtuy·hi·mi·nā पापकेनpā·pa·ke·na दुज्जीवितेन।duj·jī·vi·te·na

    Kiṁ tuyhiminā pāpakena dujjīvitena.

    So why carry on with this miserable and difficult life?

  103. 103

    मतंma·taṃ तेte जीविताjī·vi·tā सेय्यो।sey·yo

    Mataṁ te jīvitā seyyo.

    Death is better for you.

  104. 104

    इतोi·to त्वंtvaṃ कालङ्कतोkā·laṅ·ka·to कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā सुगतिंsu·ga·tiṃ सग्गंsag·gaṃ लोकंlo·kaṃ उपपज्जिस्ससि।u·pa·paj·jis·sa·si

    Ito tvaṁ kālaṅkato kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissasi.

    When you’ve passed away, you’ll be reborn in a happy place, in heaven.

  105. 105

    तत्थtat·tha दिब्बेहिdib·be·hi पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi कामगुणेहिkā·ma·gu·ṇe·hi समप्पितोsa·map·pi·to समङ्गीभूतोsa·maṅ·gī·bhū·to परिचारेस्ससी”ति।pa·ri·cā·res·sa·sī

    Tattha dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāressasī”ti.

    There you’ll be able to enjoy the pleasures of heaven.”

  106. 106

    अथa·tha खोkho सोso उपासको—u·pā·sa·ko

    Atha kho so upāsako—

    That lay follower thought,

  107. 107

    “सच्चंsac·caṃ खोkho अय्याay·yā आहंसु।ā·haṃ·su

    “saccaṁ kho ayyā āhaṁsu.

    “The venerables have spoken the truth,

  108. 108

    अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi कतकल्याणोka·ta·kal·yā·ṇo कतकुसलोka·ta·ku·sa·lo कतभीरुत्ताणोka·ta·bhī·rut·tā·ṇo अकतपापोa·ka·ta·pā·po अकतलुद्दोa·ka·ta·lud·do अकतकिब्बिसो।a·ka·ta·kib·bi·so

    Ahañhi katakalyāṇo katakusalo katabhīruttāṇo akatapāpo akataluddo akatakibbiso.

    (Pāli only)

  109. 109

    कतंka·taṃ मयाma·yā कल्याणं,kal·yā·ṇaṃ अकतंa·ka·taṃ मयाma·yā पापं।pā·paṃ

    Kataṁ mayā kalyāṇaṁ, akataṁ mayā pāpaṁ.

    for I’ve done what’s good and avoided what’s bad,

  110. 110

    किंkiṃ मय्हिमिनाmay·hi·mi·nā पापकेनpā·pa·ke·na दुज्जीवितेन।duj·jī·vi·te·na

    Kiṁ mayhiminā pāpakena dujjīvitena.

    (Pāli only)

  111. 111

    मतंma·taṃ मेme जीविताjī·vi·tā सेय्यो।sey·yo

    Mataṁ me jīvitā seyyo.

    (Pāli only)

  112. 112

    इतोi·to अहंa·haṃ कालङ्कतोkā·laṅ·ka·to कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā सुगतिंsu·ga·tiṃ सग्गंsag·gaṃ लोकंlo·kaṃ उपपज्जिस्सामि।u·pa·paj·jis·sā·mi

    Ito ahaṁ kālaṅkato kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmi.

    and after death I’ll be reborn in a happy place.”

  113. 113

    तत्थtat·tha दिब्बेहिdib·be·hi पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi कामगुणेहिkā·ma·gu·ṇe·hi समप्पितोsa·map·pi·to समङ्गीभूतोsa·maṅ·gī·bhū·to परिचारेस्सामी”ति,pa·ri·cā·res·sā·mī

    Tattha dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāressāmī”ti,

    (Pāli only)

  114. 114

    सोso असप्पायानिa·sap·pā·yā·ni चेवce·va भोजनानिbho·ja·nā·ni भुञ्जिbhuñ·ji असप्पायानिa·sap·pā·yā·ni चca खादनीयानिkhā·da·nī·yā·ni खादिkhā·di असप्पायानिa·sap·pā·yā·ni चca सायनीयानिsā·ya·nī·yā·ni सायिsā·yi असप्पायानिa·sap·pā·yā·ni चca पानानिpā·nā·ni पिवि।pi·vi

    so asappāyāni ceva bhojanāni bhuñji asappāyāni ca khādanīyāni khādi asappāyāni ca sāyanīyāni sāyi asappāyāni ca pānāni pivi.

    From then on he ate various kinds of detrimental food and drank detrimental drinks,

  115. 115

    तस्सtas·sa असप्पायानिa·sap·pā·yā·ni चेवce·va भोजनानिbho·ja·nā·ni भुञ्जतोbhuñ·ja·to असप्पायानिa·sap·pā·yā·ni चca खादनीयानिkhā·da·nī·yā·ni खादतोkhā·da·to असप्पायानिa·sap·pā·yā·ni चca सायनीयानिsā·ya·nī·yā·ni सायतोsā·ya·to असप्पायानिa·sap·pā·yā·ni चca पानानिpā·nā·ni पिवतोpi·va·to खरोkha·ro आबाधोā·bā·dho उप्पज्जि।up·paj·ji

    Tassa asappāyāni ceva bhojanāni bhuñjato asappāyāni ca khādanīyāni khādato asappāyāni ca sāyanīyāni sāyato asappāyāni ca pānāni pivato kharo ābādho uppajji.

    and as a consequence, he became very ill

  116. 116

    सोso तेनेवte·ne·va आबाधेनā·bā·dhe·na कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So teneva ābādhena kālamakāsi.

    and died.

  117. 117

    तस्सtas·sa पजापतिpa·jā·pa·ti उज्झायतिuj·jhā·ya·ti खिय्यतिkhiy·ya·ti विपाचेति—vi·pā·ce·ti

    Tassa pajāpati ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti—

    But his wife complained and criticized those monks,

  118. 118

    “अलज्जिनोa·laj·ji·no इमेi·me समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियाsak·ya·put·ti·yā दुस्सीलाdus·sī·lā मुसावादिनो।mu·sā·vā·di·no

    “alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino.

    “These Sakyan monastics are shameless and immoral liars.

  119. 119

    इमेi·me हिhi नामnā·ma धम्मचारिनोdham·ma·cā·ri·no समचारिनोsa·ma·cā·ri·no ब्रह्मचारिनोbrah·ma·cā·ri·no सच्चवादिनोsac·ca·vā·di·no सीलवन्तोsī·la·van·to कल्याणधम्माkal·yā·ṇa·dham·mā पटिजानिस्सन्ति।pa·ṭi·jā·nis·san·ti

    Ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti.

    They claim to have integrity, to be celibate and of good conduct, to be truthful, moral, and good.

  120. 120

    नत्थिnat·thi इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञंsā·mañ·ñaṃ नत्थिnat·thi इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं,brah·mañ·ñaṃ

    Natthi imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ natthi imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ,

    But they don’t have the good character of a monastic or a brahmin.

  121. 121

    नट्ठंnaṭ·ṭhaṃ इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञंsā·mañ·ñaṃ नट्ठंnaṭ·ṭhaṃ इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं,brah·mañ·ñaṃ कुतोku·to इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञंsā·mañ·ñaṃ कुतोku·to इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं,brah·mañ·ñaṃ अपगताa·pa·ga·tā इमेi·me सामञ्ञाsā·mañ·ñā अपगताa·pa·ga·tā इमेi·me ब्रह्मञ्ञा।brah·mañ·ñā

    naṭṭhaṁ imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ naṭṭhaṁ imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ, kuto imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ kuto imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ, apagatā ime sāmaññā apagatā ime brahmaññā.

    They’ve lost the plot!

  122. 122

    इमेi·me मेme सामिकस्सsā·mi·kas·sa मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ संवण्णेसुं।saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·suṃ

    Ime me sāmikassa maraṇavaṇṇaṁ saṁvaṇṇesuṁ.

    They praised death to my husband,

  123. 123

    इमेहिi·me·hi मेme सामिकोsā·mi·ko मारितो”ति।mā·ri·to

    Imehi me sāmiko mārito”ti.

    and as a result my husband is dead.”

  124. 124

    अञ्ञेपिañ·ñe·pi मनुस्साma·nus·sā उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Aññepi manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    And other people complained and criticized them in the same way.

  125. 125

    “अलज्जिनोa·laj·ji·no इमेi·me समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियाsak·ya·put·ti·yā दुस्सीलाdus·sī·lā मुसावादिनो।mu·sā·vā·di·no

    “alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino.

    (Pāli only)

  126. 126

    इमेi·me हिhi नामnā·ma धम्मचारिनोdham·ma·cā·ri·no समचारिनोsa·ma·cā·ri·no ब्रह्मचारिनोbrah·ma·cā·ri·no सच्चवादिनोsac·ca·vā·di·no सीलवन्तोsī·la·van·to कल्याणधम्माkal·yā·ṇa·dham·mā पटिजानिस्सन्ति।pa·ṭi·jā·nis·san·ti

    Ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti.

    (Pāli only)

  127. 127

    नत्थिnat·thi इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञंsā·mañ·ñaṃ नत्थिnat·thi इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं,brah·mañ·ñaṃ नट्ठंnaṭ·ṭhaṃ इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञंsā·mañ·ñaṃ नट्ठंnaṭ·ṭhaṃ इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं,brah·mañ·ñaṃ कुतोku·to इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञंsā·mañ·ñaṃ कुतोku·to इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं,brah·mañ·ñaṃ अपगताa·pa·ga·tā इमेi·me सामञ्ञाsā·mañ·ñā अपगताa·pa·ga·tā इमेi·me ब्रह्मञ्ञा।brah·mañ·ñā

    Natthi imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ natthi imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ, naṭṭhaṁ imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ naṭṭhaṁ imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ, kuto imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ kuto imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ, apagatā ime sāmaññā apagatā ime brahmaññā.

    (Pāli only)

  128. 128

    इमेi·me उपासकस्सu·pā·sa·kas·sa मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ संवण्णेसुं।saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·suṃ

    Ime upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṁ saṁvaṇṇesuṁ.

    (Pāli only)

  129. 129

    इमेहिi·me·hi उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko मारितो”ति।mā·ri·to

    Imehi upāsako mārito”ti.

    (Pāli only)

  130. 130

    अस्सोसुंas·so·suṃ खोkho भिक्खूbhik·khū तेसंte·saṃ मनुस्सानंma·nus·sā·naṃ उज्झायन्तानंuj·jhā·yan·tā·naṃ खिय्यन्तानंkhiy·yan·tā·naṃ विपाचेन्तानं।vi·pā·cen·tā·naṃ

    Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.

    The monks heard the criticism of those people.

  131. 131
  132. 132

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū उपासकस्सu·pā·sa·kas·sa मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ संवण्णिस्सन्ती”ति।saṃ·vaṇ·ṇis·san·tī

    “kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṁ saṁvaṇṇissantī”ti.

    “How could they praise death to that lay follower?”

  133. 133

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū छब्बग्गियेchab·bag·gi·ye भिक्खूbhik·khū अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुंā·ro·ce·suṃ …पे…pe

    Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

    After rebuking those monks in many ways, they told the Buddha …

  134. 134

    “सच्चंsac·caṃ किरki·ra तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासकस्सu·pā·sa·kas·sa मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ संवण्णेथा”ति?saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·thā

    “saccaṁ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṁ saṁvaṇṇethā”ti?

    “Is it true, monks, that you did this?”

  135. 135

    “सच्चं,sac·caṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “It’s true, sir.”

  136. 136

    विगरहिvi·ga·ra·hi बुद्धोbud·dho भगवा—bha·ga·vā

    Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—

    The Buddha rebuked them,

  137. 137

    “अननुच्छविकं,a·na·nuc·cha·vi·kaṃ मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā अननुलोमिकंa·na·nu·lo·mi·kaṃ अप्पटिरूपंap·pa·ṭi·rū·paṃ अस्सामणकंas·sā·ma·ṇa·kaṃ अकप्पियंa·kap·pi·yaṃ अकरणीयं।a·ka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ

    “ananucchavikaṁ, moghapurisā, ananulomikaṁ appaṭirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

    “Foolish men, it’s not suitable, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.

  138. 138

    कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma तुम्हे,tum·he मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā उपासकस्सu·pā·sa·kas·sa मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ संवण्णिस्सथ।saṃ·vaṇ·ṇis·sa·tha

    Kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṁ saṁvaṇṇissatha.

    How could you do this?

  139. 139

    नेतं,ne·taṃ मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā अप्पसन्नानंap·pa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā पसादायpa·sā·dā·ya …पे…pe

    Netaṁ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya …pe…

    This will affect people’s confidence …” …

  140. 140

    एवञ्चe·vañ·ca पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमंi·maṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ उद्दिसेय्याथ—ud·di·sey·yā·tha

    evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ uddiseyyātha—

    “And so, monks, this training rule should be recited like this:

  141. 141
  142. 142

    “योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca मनुस्सविग्गहंma·nus·sa·vig·ga·haṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेय्यvo·ro·pey·ya सत्थहारकंsat·tha·hā·ra·kaṃ वास्सvās·sa परियेसेय्यpa·ri·ye·sey·ya मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā संवण्णेय्यsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇey·ya मरणायma·ra·ṇā·ya वाvā समादपेय्य—sa·mā·da·pey·ya

    “Yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropeyya satthahārakaṁ vāssa pariyeseyya maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyya maraṇāya vā samādapeyya—

    ‘If a monk intentionally kills a human being or seeks an instrument of death for them or praises death or incites someone to die, saying,

  143. 143

    ‘अम्भोam·bho पुरिस,pu·ri·sa किंkiṃ तुय्हिमिनाtuy·hi·mi·nā पापकेनpā·pa·ke·na दुज्जीवितेन,duj·jī·vi·te·na मतंma·taṃ तेte जीविताjī·vi·tā सेय्यो’ति,sey·yo

    ‘ambho purisa, kiṁ tuyhiminā pāpakena dujjīvitena, mataṁ te jīvitā seyyo’ti,

    “My friend, what’s the point of this miserable and difficult life? Death is better for you than life!”—

  144. 144

    इतिi·ti चित्तमनोcit·ta·ma·no चित्तसङ्कप्पोcit·ta·saṅ·kap·po अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā संवण्णेय्य,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇey·ya मरणायma·ra·ṇā·ya वाvā समादपेय्य,sa·mā·da·pey·ya

    iti cittamano cittasaṅkappo anekapariyāyena maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya,

    thinking and intending thus, if he praises death in many ways or incites someone to die—

  145. 145

    अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो”ति।a·saṃ·vā·so

    ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso”ti.

    he too is expelled and excluded from the community.’”

  146. 146
  147. 147

    योyo पनातिpa·nā·ti

    Yo panāti

    A:

  148. 148

    योyo यादिसोyā·di·so …पे…pe

    yo yādiso …pe…

    whoever …

  149. 149

    भिक्खूतिbhik·khū·ti

    bhikkhūti

    Monk:

  150. 150
  151. 151

    सञ्चिच्चातिsañ·cic·cā·ti

    Sañciccāti

    Intentionally:

  152. 152

    जानन्तोjā·nan·to सञ्जानन्तोsañ·jā·nan·to चेच्चcec·ca अभिवितरित्वाa·bhi·vi·ta·rit·vā वीतिक्कमो।vī·tik·ka·mo

    jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.

    knowing, perceiving, having intended, having decided, he transgresses.

  153. 153

    मनुस्सविग्गहोma·nus·sa·vig·ga·ho नामnā·ma

    Manussaviggaho nāma

    A human being:

  154. 154

    यंyaṃ मातुकुच्छिस्मिंmā·tu·kuc·chis·miṃ पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ चित्तंcit·taṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ विञ्ञाणंviñ·ñā·ṇaṃ पातुभूतं,pā·tu·bhū·taṃ यावyā·va मरणकालाma·ra·ṇa·kā·lā एत्थन्तरेet·than·ta·re एसोe·so मनुस्सविग्गहोma·nus·sa·vig·ga·ho नाम।nā·ma

    yaṁ mātukucchismiṁ paṭhamaṁ cittaṁ uppannaṁ paṭhamaṁ viññāṇaṁ pātubhūtaṁ, yāva maraṇakālā etthantare eso manussaviggaho nāma.

    from the mind’s first appearance in the mother’s womb, from the first manifestation of consciousness, until the time of death: in between these—this is called “a human being”.

  155. 155

    जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेय्यातिvo·ro·pey·yā·ti

    Jīvitā voropeyyāti

    Kills:

  156. 156

    जीवितिन्द्रियंjī·vi·tin·dri·yaṃ उपच्छिन्दतिu·pac·chin·da·ti उपरोधेतिu·pa·ro·dhe·ti सन्ततिंsan·ta·tiṃ विकोपेति।vi·ko·pe·ti

    jīvitindriyaṁ upacchindati uparodheti santatiṁ vikopeti.

    cuts off the life faculty, brings it to an end, interrupts its continuation.

  157. 157

    सत्थहारकंsat·tha·hā·ra·kaṃ वास्सvās·sa परियेसेय्यातिpa·ri·ye·sey·yā·ti

    Satthahārakaṁ vāssa pariyeseyyāti

    Or seeks an instrument of death for them:

  158. 158

    असिंa·siṃ वाvā सत्तिंsat·tiṃ वाvā भेण्डिंbheṇ·ḍiṃ वाvā लगुळंla·gu·ḷaṃ वाvā पासाणंpā·sā·ṇaṃ वाvā सत्थंsat·thaṃ वाvā विसंvi·saṃ वाvā रज्जुंraj·juṃ वा।vā

    asiṁ vā sattiṁ vā bheṇḍiṁ vā laguḷaṁ vā pāsāṇaṁ vā satthaṁ vā visaṁ vā rajjuṁ vā.

    a sword, a dagger, an arrow, a club, a rock, a knife, poison, or a rope.

  159. 159

    मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā संवण्णेय्यातिsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇey·yā·ti

    Maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyyāti

    Or praises death:

  160. 160

    जीवितेjī·vi·te आदीनवंā·dī·na·vaṃ दस्सेति,das·se·ti मरणेma·ra·ṇe वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भणति।bha·ṇa·ti

    jīvite ādīnavaṁ dasseti, maraṇe vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati.

    he shows the drawbacks of living and speaks in praise of death.

  161. 161

    मरणायma·ra·ṇā·ya वाvā समादपेय्यातिsa·mā·da·pey·yā·ti

    Maraṇāya vā samādapeyyāti

    Or incites someone to die:

  162. 162

    सत्थंsat·thaṃ वाvā आहर,ā·ha·ra विसंvi·saṃ वाvā खाद,khā·da रज्जुयाraj·ju·yā वाvā उब्बन्धित्वाub·ban·dhit·vā कालंkā·laṃ करोहीति।ka·ro·hī·ti

    satthaṁ vā āhara, visaṁ vā khāda, rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā kālaṁ karohīti.

    he says, “Kill yourself with a knife,” “Eat poison,” “Die by hanging yourself with a rope.”

  163. 163

    अम्भोam·bho पुरिसातिpu·ri·sā·ti

    Ambho purisāti

    My friend:

  164. 164

    आलपनाधिवचनमेतं।ā·la·pa·nā·dhi·va·ca·na·me·taṃ

    ālapanādhivacanametaṁ.

    this is a form of address.

  165. 165

    किंkiṃ तुय्हिमिनाtuy·hi·mi·nā पापकेनpā·pa·ke·na दुज्जीवितेनातिduj·jī·vi·te·nā·ti

    Kiṁ tuyhiminā pāpakena dujjīvitenāti

    What’s the point of this miserable and difficult life:

  166. 166

    पापकंpā·pa·kaṃ नामnā·ma जीवितंjī·vi·taṃ

    pāpakaṁ nāma jīvitaṁ

    Miserable life:

  167. 167

    अड्ढानंaḍ·ḍhā·naṃ जीवितंjī·vi·taṃ उपादायu·pā·dā·ya दलिद्दानंda·lid·dā·naṃ जीवितंjī·vi·taṃ पापकंpā·pa·kaṃ लामकं,lā·ma·kaṃ

    aḍḍhānaṁ jīvitaṁ upādāya daliddānaṁ jīvitaṁ pāpakaṁ lāmakaṁ,

    the life of the poor is miserable compared to the life of the rich;

  168. 168

    सधनानंsa·dha·nā·naṃ जीवितंjī·vi·taṃ उपादायu·pā·dā·ya अधनानंa·dha·nā·naṃ जीवितंjī·vi·taṃ पापकं,pā·pa·kaṃ

    sadhanānaṁ jīvitaṁ upādāya adhanānaṁ jīvitaṁ pāpakaṁ,

    the life of the impoverished is miserable compared to the life of the wealthy;

  169. 169

    देवानंde·vā·naṃ जीवितंjī·vi·taṃ उपादायu·pā·dā·ya मनुस्सानंma·nus·sā·naṃ जीवितंjī·vi·taṃ पापकं।pā·pa·kaṃ

    devānaṁ jīvitaṁ upādāya manussānaṁ jīvitaṁ pāpakaṁ.

    the life of humans is miserable compared to the life of the gods.

  170. 170

    दुज्जीवितंduj·jī·vi·taṃ नामnā·ma

    Dujjīvitaṁ nāma

    Difficult life:

  171. 171

    हत्थच्छिन्नस्सhat·thac·chin·nas·sa पादच्छिन्नस्सpā·dac·chin·nas·sa हत्थपादच्छिन्नस्सhat·tha·pā·dac·chin·nas·sa कण्णच्छिन्नस्सkaṇ·ṇac·chin·nas·sa नासच्छिन्नस्सnā·sac·chin·nas·sa कण्णनासच्छिन्नस्स,kaṇ·ṇa·nā·sac·chin·nas·sa

    hatthacchinnassa pādacchinnassa hatthapādacchinnassa kaṇṇacchinnassa nāsacchinnassa kaṇṇanāsacchinnassa,

    the life of one whose hands are cut off, whose feet are cut off, whose hands and feet are cut off, whose ears are cut off, whose nose is cut off, whose ears and nose are cut off.

  172. 172

    इमिनाi·mi·nā चca पापकेनpā·pa·ke·na इमिनाi·mi·nā चca दुज्जीवितेनduj·jī·vi·te·na मतंma·taṃ तेte जीविताjī·vi·tā सेय्योति।sey·yo·ti

    iminā ca pāpakena iminā ca dujjīvitena mataṁ te jīvitā seyyoti.

    Because of this sort of miserableness and this sort of difficult life, one says, “Death is better for you than life!”

  173. 173

    इतिi·ti चित्तमनोतिcit·ta·ma·no·ti

    Iti cittamanoti

    Thinking:

  174. 174

    यंyaṃ चित्तंcit·taṃ तंtaṃ मनो,ma·no यंyaṃ मनोma·no तंtaṃ चित्तं।cit·taṃ

    yaṁ cittaṁ taṁ mano, yaṁ mano taṁ cittaṁ.

    mind and thought are equivalent.

  175. 175

    चित्तसङ्कप्पोतिcit·ta·saṅ·kap·po·ti

    Cittasaṅkappoti

    Intending:

  176. 176

    मरणसञ्ञीma·ra·ṇa·sañ·ñī मरणचेतनोma·ra·ṇa·ce·ta·no मरणाधिप्पायो।ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo

    maraṇasaññī maraṇacetano maraṇādhippāyo.

    perceiving death, intending death, aiming at death.

  177. 177

    अनेकपरियायेनातिa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·nā·ti

    Anekapariyāyenāti

    In many ways:

  178. 178

    उच्चावचेहिuc·cā·va·ce·hi आकारेहि।ā·kā·re·hi

    uccāvacehi ākārehi.

    in various manners.

  179. 179

    मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā संवण्णेय्यातिsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇey·yā·ti

    Maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyyāti

    He praises death:

  180. 180

    जीवितेjī·vi·te आदीनवंā·dī·na·vaṃ दस्सेति,das·se·ti मरणेma·ra·ṇe वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भणति—bha·ṇa·ti

    jīvite ādīnavaṁ dasseti, maraṇe vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati—

    he shows the drawbacks of living and speaks in praise of death, saying,

  181. 181

    “इतोi·to त्वंtvaṃ कालङ्कतोkā·laṅ·ka·to कायस्सkā·yas·sa भेदाbhe·dā परंpa·raṃ मरणाma·ra·ṇā सुगतिंsu·ga·tiṃ सग्गंsag·gaṃ लोकंlo·kaṃ उपपज्जिस्ससि,u·pa·paj·jis·sa·si

    “ito tvaṁ kālaṅkato kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissasi,

    “When you’ve passed away, you’ll be reborn in a happy destination, in heaven.

  182. 182

    तत्थtat·tha दिब्बेहिdib·be·hi पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi कामगुणेहिkā·ma·gu·ṇe·hi समप्पितोsa·map·pi·to समङ्गीभूतोsa·maṅ·gī·bhū·to परिचारेस्ससी”ति।pa·ri·cā·res·sa·sī

    tattha dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāressasī”ti.

    There you’ll be able to enjoy the pleasures of heaven.”

  183. 183

    मरणायma·ra·ṇā·ya वाvā समादपेय्यातिsa·mā·da·pey·yā·ti

    Maraṇāya vā samādapeyyāti

    Or incites someone to die:

  184. 184

    सत्थंsat·thaṃ वाvā आहर,ā·ha·ra विसंvi·saṃ वाvā खाद,khā·da रज्जुयाraj·ju·yā वाvā उब्बन्धित्वाub·ban·dhit·vā कालंkā·laṃ करोहि,ka·ro·hi सोब्भेsob·bhe वाvā नरकेna·ra·ke वाvā पपातेpa·pā·te वाvā पपताति।pa·pa·tā·ti

    satthaṁ vā āhara, visaṁ vā khāda, rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā kālaṁ karohi, sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vā papatāti.

    he says, “Kill yourself with a knife,” “Eat poison,” “Die by hanging yourself with a rope,” “Jump into a chasm,” “Jump into a pit,” “Jump off a cliff.”

  185. 185

    अयम्पीतिa·yam·pī·ti

    Ayampīti

    He too:

  186. 186
  187. 187

    पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतीतिho·tī·ti

    Pārājiko hotīti

    Is expelled:

  188. 188

    सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi नामnā·ma पुथुसिलाpu·thu·si·lā द्विधाdvi·dhā भिन्नाbhin·nā अप्पटिसन्धिकाap·pa·ṭi·san·dhi·kā होति,ho·ti

    seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvidhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti,

    just as an ordinary stone that has broken in half cannot be put back together again,

  189. 189

    एवमेवe·va·me·va भिक्खुbhik·khu सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca मनुस्सविग्गहंma·nus·sa·vig·ga·haṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेत्वाvo·ro·pet·vā अस्समणोas·sa·ma·ṇo होतिho·ti असक्यपुत्तियो।a·sak·ya·put·ti·yo

    evameva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo.

    so too is a monk who has intentionally killed a human being not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic.

  190. 190

    तेनte·na वुच्चति—vuc·ca·ti “पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होती”ति।ho·tī

    Tena vuccati— “pārājiko hotī”ti.

    Therefore it is said, “he is expelled.”

  191. 191

    असंवासोतिa·saṃ·vā·so·ti

    Asaṁvāsoti

    Excluded from the community:

  192. 192

    संवासोsaṃ·vā·so नामnā·ma एककम्मंe·ka·kam·maṃ एकुद्देसोe·kud·de·so समसिक्खता—sa·ma·sik·kha·tā एसोe·so संवासोsaṃ·vā·so नाम।nā·ma

    saṁvāso nāma ekakammaṁ ekuddeso samasikkhatā— eso saṁvāso nāma.

    Community: joint legal procedures, a joint recitation, the same training—this is called “community”.

  193. 193

    सोso तेनte·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ नत्थि,nat·thi तेनte·na वुच्चतिvuc·ca·ti असंवासोति।a·saṃ·vā·so·ti

    So tena saddhiṁ natthi, tena vuccati asaṁvāsoti.

    He does not take part in this—therefore it is called “excluded from the community”.

  194. 194
  195. 195
  196. 196

    सामं,sā·maṃ अधिट्ठाय,a·dhiṭ·ṭhā·ya दूतेन,dū·te·na दूतपरम्पराय,dū·ta·pa·ram·pa·rā·ya विसक्कियेनvi·sak·ki·ye·na दूतेन,dū·te·na गतपच्चागतेनga·ta·pac·cā·ga·te·na दूतेन,dū·te·na

    Sāmaṁ, adhiṭṭhāya, dūtena, dūtaparamparāya, visakkiyena dūtena, gatapaccāgatena dūtena,

    Oneself, having made a determination, by messenger, by a series of messengers, by a messenger who does not follow instructions, by a messenger gone and returned again.

  197. 197

    अरहोa·ra·ho रहोसञ्ञी,ra·ho·sañ·ñī

    araho rahosaññī,

    Not in private, but perceiving it as private.

  198. 198

    रहोra·ho अरहोसञ्ञी,a·ra·ho·sañ·ñī

    raho arahosaññī,

    In private, but perceiving it as not private.

  199. 199

    अरहोa·ra·ho अरहोसञ्ञी,a·ra·ho·sañ·ñī

    araho arahosaññī,

    Not in private, and perceiving it as not private.

  200. 200

    रहोra·ho रहोसञ्ञीra·ho·sañ·ñī

    raho rahosaññī

    In private, and perceiving it as private.

  201. 201

    कायेनkā·ye·na संवण्णेति,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti

    kāyena saṁvaṇṇeti,

    He praises by means of the body.

  202. 202

    वाचायvā·cā·ya संवण्णेति,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti

    vācāya saṁvaṇṇeti,

    He praises by means of speech.

  203. 203

    कायेनkā·ye·na वाचायvā·cā·ya संवण्णेति,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti

    kāyena vācāya saṁvaṇṇeti,

    He praises by means of both the body and speech.

  204. 204

    दूतेनdū·te·na संवण्णेति,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti

    dūtena saṁvaṇṇeti,

    He praises by means of a messenger.

  205. 205

    लेखायle·khā·ya संवण्णेति,saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti

    lekhāya saṁvaṇṇeti,

    He praises by means of writing.

  206. 206

    ओपातंo·pā·taṃ अपस्सेनं,a·pas·se·naṃ उपनिक्खिपनं,u·pa·nik·khi·pa·naṃ भेसज्जं,bhe·saj·jaṃ रूपूपहारो,rū·pū·pa·hā·ro सद्दूपहारो,sad·dū·pa·hā·ro गन्धूपहारो,gan·dhū·pa·hā·ro रसूपहारो,ra·sū·pa·hā·ro फोट्ठब्बूपहारो,phoṭ·ṭhab·bū·pa·hā·ro धम्मूपहारो,dham·mū·pa·hā·ro आचिक्खना,ā·cik·kha·nā अनुसासनी,a·nu·sā·sa·nī सङ्केतकम्मं,saṅ·ke·ta·kam·maṃ निमित्तकम्मन्ति।ni·mit·ta·kam·man·ti

    opātaṁ apassenaṁ, upanikkhipanaṁ, bhesajjaṁ, rūpūpahāro, saddūpahāro, gandhūpahāro, rasūpahāro, phoṭṭhabbūpahāro, dhammūpahāro, ācikkhanā, anusāsanī, saṅketakammaṁ, nimittakammanti.

    A pit, a piece of furniture, placing near, tonic, arranging a sight, arranging a sound, arranging a smell, arranging a taste, arranging a touch, arranging a mental quality, information, instruction, acting by arrangement, making a sign.

  207. 207
  208. 208

    सामन्तिsā·man·ti

    Sāmanti

    Oneself:

  209. 209

    सयंsa·yaṃ हनतिha·na·ti कायेनkā·ye·na वाvā कायपटिबद्धेनkā·ya·pa·ṭi·bad·dhe·na वाvā निस्सग्गियेनnis·sag·gi·ye·na वा।vā

    sayaṁ hanati kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā.

    one oneself kills by means of the body or by means of something connected to the body or by means of something released.

  210. 210

    अधिट्ठायातिa·dhiṭ·ṭhā·yā·ti

    Adhiṭṭhāyāti

    Having made a determination:

  211. 211

    अधिट्ठहित्वाa·dhiṭ·ṭha·hit·vā आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “एवंe·vaṃ विज्झ,vij·jha एवंe·vaṃ पहर,pa·ha·ra एवंe·vaṃ घातेही”ति।ghā·te·hī

    adhiṭṭhahitvā āṇāpeti— “evaṁ vijjha, evaṁ pahara, evaṁ ghātehī”ti.

    having made a determination, he tells someone, “Hit thus, strike thus, kill thus.”

  212. 212
  213. 213

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  214. 214

    सोso तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    So taṁ maññamāno taṁ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

    If the other monk kills that person, thinking it is the one he was told to kill, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

  215. 215

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  216. 216

    सोso तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti वधकस्सva·dha·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    So taṁ maññamāno aññaṁ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. Vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the other monk kills another person, thinking it is the one he was told to kill, there is no offense for the instigator, but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the murderer.

  217. 217

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  218. 218

    सोso अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    So aññaṁ maññamāno taṁ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

    If the other monk kills that person, thinking it is someone other than the one he was told to kill, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

  219. 219

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  220. 220

    सोso अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति;vo·ro·pe·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti वधकस्सva·dha·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    So aññaṁ maññamāno aññaṁ jīvitā voropeti; mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the other monk kills another person, thinking it is someone other than the one he was told to kill, there is no offense for the instigator, but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the murderer.

  221. 221
  222. 222

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पावद—‘इत्थन्नामोpā·va·da इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पावदतु—इत्थन्नामोpā·va·da·tu इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेतू’”ति,vo·ro·pe·tū आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmassa pāvada—‘itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatu—itthannāmo itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropetū’”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Tell so-and-so to tell so-and-so to kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  223. 223

    सोso इतरस्सi·ta·ras·sa आरोचेति,ā·ro·ce·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    So itarassa āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    In telling the next person, there is an offense of wrong conduct.

  224. 224

    वधकोva·dha·ko पटिग्गण्हाति,pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the potential murderer agrees, there is a serious offense for the instigator.

  225. 225

    सोso तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti सब्बेसंsab·be·saṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    So taṁ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti sabbesaṁ pārājikassa.

    If he kills that person, there is an offense entailing expulsion for all of them.

  226. 226
  227. 227

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पावद—‘इत्थन्नामोpā·va·da इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पावदतु—इत्थन्नामोpā·va·da·tu इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेतू’”ति,vo·ro·pe·tū आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmassa pāvada—‘itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatu—itthannāmo itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropetū’”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Tell so-and-so to tell so-and-so to kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  228. 228

    सोso अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ आणापेति,ā·ṇā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    So aññaṁ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If the other monk tells another person than the one he was told to tell, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  229. 229

    वधकोva·dha·ko पटिग्गण्हाति,pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If the potential murderer agrees, there is an offense of wrong conduct.

  230. 230

    सोso तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति;a·nā·pat·ti

    So taṁ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti;

    If he kills that person, there is no offense for the instigator,

  231. 231

    आणापकस्सā·ṇā·pa·kas·sa चca वधकस्सva·dha·kas·sa चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    āṇāpakassa ca vadhakassa ca āpatti pārājikassa.

    but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the messenger and for the murderer.

  232. 232
  233. 233

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  234. 234

    सोso गन्त्वाgan·tvā पुनpu·na पच्चागच्छति—pac·cā·gac·cha·ti “नाहंnā·haṃ सक्कोमिsak·ko·mi तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेतुन्”ति।vo·ro·pe·tun

    So gantvā puna paccāgacchati— “nāhaṁ sakkomi taṁ jīvitā voropetun”ti.

    If the other monk goes, but returns, saying, “I wasn’t able to kill them.”

  235. 235

    सोso पुनpu·na आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “यदाya·dā सक्कोसिsak·ko·si तदाta·dā तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    So puna āṇāpeti— “yadā sakkosi tadā taṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If the first monk tells him again, “When you’re able, then kill them,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  236. 236

    सोso तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    So taṁ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

    If the other monk kills that person, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

  237. 237

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  238. 238

    सोso आणापेत्वाā·ṇā·pet·vā विप्पटिसारीvip·pa·ṭi·sā·rī नna सावेति—sā·ve·ti “माmā घातेही”ति।ghā·te·hī

    So āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī na sāveti— “mā ghātehī”ti.

    He then regrets it, but does not say, “Don’t kill them.”

  239. 239

    सोso तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    So taṁ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

    If the other monk then kills that person, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

  240. 240

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  241. 241

    सोso आणापेत्वाā·ṇā·pet·vā विप्पटिसारीvip·pa·ṭi·sā·rī सावेति—sā·ve·ti “माmā घातेही”ति।ghā·te·hī

    So āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti— “mā ghātehī”ti.

    He then regrets it and says, “Don’t kill them.”

  242. 242

    सो—“आणत्तोso अहंa·haṃ तया”तिta·yā तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti वधकस्सva·dha·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    So—“āṇatto ahaṁ tayā”ti taṁ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti. Vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the other monk replies, “I’ve been told by you to do so,” and then kills that person, there is no offense for the instigator, but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the murderer.

  243. 243

    भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti— “itthannāmaṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk tells another monk, “Kill so-and-so,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  244. 244

    सोso आणापेत्वाā·ṇā·pet·vā विप्पटिसारीvip·pa·ṭi·sā·rī सावेति—sā·ve·ti “माmā घातेही”ति।ghā·te·hī

    So āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti— “mā ghātehī”ti.

    He then regrets it and says, “Don’t kill them.”

  245. 245

    सोso साधूतिsā·dhū·ti ओरमति,o·ra·ma·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

    So sādhūti oramati, ubhinnaṁ anāpatti.

    If the other monk replies, “Fine,” and desists, there is no offense for either.

  246. 246

    अरहोa·ra·ho रहोसञ्ञीra·ho·sañ·ñī

    Araho rahosaññī

    Not in private, but perceiving it as private:

  247. 247

    उल्लपति—ul·la·pa·ti “अहोa·ho इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo हतोha·to अस्सा”ति,as·sā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    ullapati— “aho itthannāmo hato assā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if he says aloud, “I wish so-and-so was killed,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  248. 248

    रहोra·ho अरहोसञ्ञीa·ra·ho·sañ·ñī

    Raho arahosaññī

    In private, but perceiving it as not private:

  249. 249

    उल्लपति—ul·la·pa·ti “अहोa·ho इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo हतोha·to अस्सा”ति,as·sā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    ullapati— “aho itthannāmo hato assā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if he says aloud, “I wish so-and-so was killed,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  250. 250

    अरहोa·ra·ho अरहोसञ्ञीa·ra·ho·sañ·ñī

    Araho arahosaññī

    Not in private, and perceiving it as not private:

  251. 251

    उल्लपति—ul·la·pa·ti “अहोa·ho इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo हतोha·to अस्सा”ति,as·sā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    ullapati— “aho itthannāmo hato assā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if he says aloud, “I wish so-and-so was killed,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  252. 252

    रहोra·ho रहोसञ्ञीra·ho·sañ·ñī

    Raho rahosaññī

    In private, and perceiving it as private:

  253. 253

    उल्लपति—ul·la·pa·ti “अहोa·ho इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo हतोha·to अस्सा”ति,as·sā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    ullapati— “aho itthannāmo hato assā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if he says aloud, “I wish so-and-so was killed,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  254. 254

    कायेनkā·ye·na संवण्णेतिsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti नामnā·ma

    Kāyena saṁvaṇṇeti nāma

    He praises by means of the body:

  255. 255

    कायेनkā·ye·na विकारंvi·kā·raṃ करोति—ka·ro·ti “योyo एवंe·vaṃ मरतिma·ra·ti सोso धनंdha·naṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti यसंya·saṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti सग्गंsag·gaṃ वाvā गच्छती”ति,gac·cha·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    kāyena vikāraṁ karoti— “yo evaṁ marati so dhanaṁ vā labhati yasaṁ vā labhati saggaṁ vā gacchatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk makes a gesture with the body, indicating, “Whoever dies thus, receives wealth,” or, “Whoever dies thus, becomes famous,” or, “Whoever dies thus, goes to heaven,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  256. 256

    तायtā·ya संवण्णनायsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇa·nā·ya मरिस्सामीतिma·ris·sā·mī·ti दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Tāya saṁvaṇṇanāya marissāmīti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If, because of that praise, the target person thinks, “I shall die,” and they do something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  257. 257

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  258. 258

    वाचायvā·cā·ya संवण्णेतिsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti नामnā·ma

    Vācāya saṁvaṇṇeti nāma

    He praises by means of speech:

  259. 259

    वाचायvā·cā·ya भणति—bha·ṇa·ti “योyo एवंe·vaṃ मरतिma·ra·ti सोso धनंdha·naṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti यसंya·saṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti सग्गंsag·gaṃ वाvā गच्छती”ति,gac·cha·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    vācāya bhaṇati— “yo evaṁ marati so dhanaṁ vā labhati yasaṁ vā labhati saggaṁ vā gacchatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk says, “Whoever dies thus, receives wealth,” or, “Whoever dies thus, becomes famous,” or, “Whoever dies thus, goes to heaven,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  260. 260

    तायtā·ya संवण्णनायsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇa·nā·ya मरिस्सामीतिma·ris·sā·mī·ti दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Tāya saṁvaṇṇanāya marissāmīti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If, because of that praise, the target person thinks, “I shall die,” and they do something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  261. 261

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  262. 262

    कायेनkā·ye·na वाचायvā·cā·ya संवण्णेतिsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti नामnā·ma

    Kāyena vācāya saṁvaṇṇeti nāma

    He praises by means of both the body and speech:

  263. 263

    कायेनkā·ye·na चca विकारंvi·kā·raṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti वाचायvā·cā·ya चca भणति—bha·ṇa·ti “योyo एवंe·vaṃ मरतिma·ra·ti सोso धनंdha·naṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti यसंya·saṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti सग्गंsag·gaṃ वाvā गच्छती”ति,gac·cha·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    kāyena ca vikāraṁ karoti, vācāya ca bhaṇati— “yo evaṁ marati so dhanaṁ vā labhati yasaṁ vā labhati saggaṁ vā gacchatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk makes a gesture with the body and says, “Whoever dies thus, receives wealth,” or, “Whoever dies thus, becomes famous,” or, “Whoever dies thus, goes to heaven,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  264. 264

    तायtā·ya संवण्णनायsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇa·nā·ya मरिस्सामीतिma·ris·sā·mī·ti दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Tāya saṁvaṇṇanāya marissāmīti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If, because of that praise, the target person thinks, “I shall die,” and they do something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  265. 265

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  266. 266

    दूतेनdū·te·na संवण्णेतिsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti नामnā·ma

    Dūtena saṁvaṇṇeti nāma

    He praises by means of a messenger:

  267. 267

    दूतस्सdū·tas·sa सासनंsā·sa·naṃ आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti “योyo एवंe·vaṃ मरतिma·ra·ti सोso धनंdha·naṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti यसंya·saṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti सग्गंsag·gaṃ वाvā गच्छती”ति,gac·cha·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    dūtassa sāsanaṁ āroceti— “yo evaṁ marati so dhanaṁ vā labhati yasaṁ vā labhati saggaṁ vā gacchatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk gives instructions to a messenger, saying, “Whoever dies thus, receives wealth,” or, “Whoever dies thus, becomes famous,” or, “Whoever dies thus, goes to heaven,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  268. 268

    दूतस्सdū·tas·sa सासनंsā·sa·naṃ सुत्वाsut·vā मरिस्सामीतिma·ris·sā·mī·ti दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Dūtassa sāsanaṁ sutvā marissāmīti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If, after hearing the messenger’s instruction, the target person thinks, “I shall die,” and they do something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  269. 269

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  270. 270

    लेखायle·khā·ya संवण्णेतिsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·ti नामnā·ma

    Lekhāya saṁvaṇṇeti nāma

    He praises by means of writing:

  271. 271

    लेखंle·khaṃ छिन्दति—chin·da·ti “योyo एवंe·vaṃ मरतिma·ra·ti सोso धनंdha·naṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti यसंya·saṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti सग्गंsag·gaṃ वाvā गच्छती”ति,gac·cha·tī अक्खरक्खरायak·kha·rak·kha·rā·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    lekhaṁ chindati— “yo evaṁ marati so dhanaṁ vā labhati yasaṁ vā labhati saggaṁ vā gacchatī”ti, akkharakkharāya āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk writes, “Whoever dies thus, receives wealth,” or, “Whoever dies thus, becomes famous,” or, “Whoever dies thus, goes to heaven,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct for each character he writes.

  272. 272

    लेखंle·khaṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā मरिस्सामीतिma·ris·sā·mī·ti दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Lekhaṁ passitvā marissāmīti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If, after seeing the writing, the target person thinks, “I shall die,” and they do something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  273. 273

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  274. 274

    ओपातंo·pā·taṃ नामnā·ma

    Opātaṁ nāma

    A pit:

  275. 275

    मनुस्संma·nus·saṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa ओपातंo·pā·taṃ खनति—kha·na·ti “पपतित्वाpa·pa·tit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    manussaṁ uddissa opātaṁ khanati— “papatitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk digs a pit for a human being, thinking, “Falling into it, they will die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  276. 276

    पपतितेpa·pa·ti·te दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If a person falls into it and experiences pain, the monk commits a serious offense.

  277. 277

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  278. 278

    अनोदिस्सa·no·dis·sa ओपातंo·pā·taṃ खनति—kha·na·ti “योyo कोचिko·ci पपतित्वाpa·pa·tit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Anodissa opātaṁ khanati— “yo koci papatitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk digs a non-specific pit, thinking, “Whatever falls into it, will die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  279. 279

    मनुस्सोma·nus·so तस्मिंtas·miṃ पपतति,pa·pa·ta·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Manusso tasmiṁ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a person falls into it, the monk commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  280. 280

    पपतितेpa·pa·ti·te दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If they experience pain after falling in, the monk commits a serious offense.

  281. 281

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If they die, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  282. 282

    यक्खोyak·kho वाvā पेतोpe·to वाvā तिरच्छानगतमनुस्सविग्गहोti·rac·chā·na·ga·ta·ma·nus·sa·vig·ga·ho वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पपतति,pa·pa·ta·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Yakkho vā peto vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggaho vā tasmiṁ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a spirit, ghost, or animal in human form falls into it, the monk commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  283. 283

    पपतितेpa·pa·ti·te दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If it experiences pain after falling in, the monk commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  284. 284

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Marati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If it dies, the monk commits a serious offense.

  285. 285

    तिरच्छानगतोti·rac·chā·na·ga·to तस्मिंtas·miṃ पपतति,pa·pa·ta·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Tiracchānagato tasmiṁ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If an animal falls into it, the monk commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  286. 286

    पपतितेpa·pa·ti·te दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If it experiences pain after falling in, the monk commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  287. 287

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाचित्तियस्स।pā·cit·ti·yas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

    If it dies, the monk commits an offense entailing confession.

  288. 288

    अपस्सेनंa·pas·se·naṃ नामnā·ma

    Apassenaṁ nāma

    A piece of furniture:

  289. 289

    अपस्सेनेa·pas·se·ne सत्थंsat·thaṃ वाvā ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti विसेनvi·se·na वाvā मक्खेतिmak·khe·ti दुब्बलंdub·ba·laṃ वाvā करोतिka·ro·ti सोब्भेsob·bhe वाvā नरकेna·ra·ke वाvā पपातेpa·pā·te वाvā ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti “पपतित्वाpa·pa·tit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    apassene satthaṁ vā ṭhapeti visena vā makkheti dubbalaṁ vā karoti sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vā ṭhapeti— “papatitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk places a dagger in a piece of furniture, smears the furniture with poison, or makes it weak, or if he places it near a lake, a pit, or a cliff, thinking, “Falling down, they’ll die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  290. 290

    सत्थेनsat·the·na वाvā विसेनvi·se·na वाvā पपतितेनpa·pa·ti·te·na वाvā दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Satthena vā visena vā papatitena vā dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person experiences pain because of the dagger, the poison, or the fall, the monk commits a serious offense.

  291. 291

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  292. 292

    उपनिक्खिपनंu·pa·nik·khi·pa·naṃ नामnā·ma

    Upanikkhipanaṁ nāma

    Placing near:

  293. 293

    असिंa·siṃ वाvā सत्तिंsat·tiṃ वाvā भेण्डिंbheṇ·ḍiṃ वाvā लगुळंla·gu·ḷaṃ वाvā पासाणंpā·sā·ṇaṃ वाvā सत्थंsat·thaṃ वाvā विसंvi·saṃ वाvā रज्जुंraj·juṃ वाvā उपनिक्खिपति—u·pa·nik·khi·pa·ti “इमिनाi·mi·nā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    asiṁ vā sattiṁ vā bheṇḍiṁ vā laguḷaṁ vā pāsāṇaṁ vā satthaṁ vā visaṁ vā rajjuṁ vā upanikkhipati— “iminā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk places a knife, a dagger, an arrow, a club, a rock, a sword, poison, or a rope near a person, thinking, “Using this, they’ll die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  294. 294

    “तेनte·na मरिस्सामी”तिma·ris·sā·mī दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    “Tena marissāmī”ti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person thinks, “Using that, I shall die,” and he does something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  295. 295

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  296. 296

    भेसज्जंbhe·saj·jaṃ नामnā·ma

    Bhesajjaṁ nāma

    Tonics:

  297. 297

    सप्पिंsap·piṃ वाvā नवनीतंna·va·nī·taṃ वाvā तेलंte·laṃ वाvā मधुंma·dhuṃ वाvā फाणितंphā·ṇi·taṃ वाvā देति—de·ti “इमंi·maṃ सायित्वाsā·yit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    sappiṁ vā navanītaṁ vā telaṁ vā madhuṁ vā phāṇitaṁ vā deti— “imaṁ sāyitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk gives a person ghee, butter, oil, honey, or syrup, thinking, “After tasting this, they’ll die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  298. 298

    तंtaṃ सायितेsā·yi·te दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ sāyite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person tastes it and experiences pain, the monk commits a serious offense.

  299. 299

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  300. 300

    रूपूपहारोrū·pū·pa·hā·ro नामnā·ma

    Rūpūpahāro nāma

    Arranging a sight:

  301. 301

    अमनापिकंa·ma·nā·pi·kaṃ रूपंrū·paṃ उपसंहरतिu·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti भयानकंbha·yā·na·kaṃ भेरवं—bhe·ra·vaṃ “इमंi·maṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā उत्तसित्वाut·ta·sit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    amanāpikaṁ rūpaṁ upasaṁharati bhayānakaṁ bheravaṁ— “imaṁ passitvā uttasitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk arranges a dreadful and terrifying sight, thinking, “Seeing this and becoming terrified, they’ll die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  302. 302

    तंtaṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā उत्तसति,ut·ta·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ passitvā uttasati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person sees it and becomes terrified, the monk commits a serious offense.

  303. 303

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  304. 304

    मनापिकंma·nā·pi·kaṃ रूपंrū·paṃ उपसंहरति—u·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti “इमंi·maṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सित्वाsus·sit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Manāpikaṁ rūpaṁ upasaṁharati— “imaṁ passitvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk arranges a lovely sight, thinking, “Seeing this and then being unable to get hold of it, they’ll wither and die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  305. 305

    तंtaṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सति,sus·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ passitvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person sees it and then withers because of not getting hold of it, the monk commits a serious offense.

  306. 306

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  307. 307

    सद्दूपहारोsad·dū·pa·hā·ro नामnā·ma

    Saddūpahāro nāma

    Arranging a sound:

  308. 308

    अमनापिकंa·ma·nā·pi·kaṃ सद्दंsad·daṃ उपसंहरतिu·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti भयानकंbha·yā·na·kaṃ भेरवं—bhe·ra·vaṃ “इमंi·maṃ सुत्वाsut·vā उत्तसित्वाut·ta·sit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    amanāpikaṁ saddaṁ upasaṁharati bhayānakaṁ bheravaṁ— “imaṁ sutvā uttasitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk arranges a dreadful and terrifying sound, thinking, “Hearing this and becoming terrified, they’ll die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  309. 309

    तंtaṃ सुत्वाsut·vā उत्तसति,ut·ta·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ sutvā uttasati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person hears it and becomes terrified, the monk commits a serious offense.

  310. 310

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  311. 311

    मनापिकंma·nā·pi·kaṃ सद्दंsad·daṃ उपसंहरतिu·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti पेमनीयंpe·ma·nī·yaṃ हदयङ्गमं—ha·da·yaṅ·ga·maṃ “इमंi·maṃ सुत्वाsut·vā अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सित्वाsus·sit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Manāpikaṁ saddaṁ upasaṁharati pemanīyaṁ hadayaṅgamaṁ— “imaṁ sutvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk arranges a lovely and heart-stirring sound, thinking, “Hearing this and then being unable to get hold of it, they’ll wither and die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  312. 312

    तंtaṃ सुत्वाsut·vā अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सति,sus·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ sutvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person hears it and then withers because of not getting hold of it, the monk commits a serious offense.

  313. 313

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  314. 314

    गन्धूपहारोgan·dhū·pa·hā·ro नामnā·ma

    Gandhūpahāro nāma

    Arranging a smell:

  315. 315

    अमनापिकंa·ma·nā·pi·kaṃ गन्धंgan·dhaṃ उपसंहरतिu·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti जेगुच्छंje·guc·chaṃ पाटिकुल्यं—pā·ṭi·kul·yaṃ “इमंi·maṃ घायित्वाghā·yit·vā जेगुच्छताje·guc·cha·tā पाटिकुल्यताpā·ṭi·kul·ya·tā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    amanāpikaṁ gandhaṁ upasaṁharati jegucchaṁ pāṭikulyaṁ— “imaṁ ghāyitvā jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk arranges a disgusting and repulsive smell, thinking, “Smelling this, they’ll die from disgust and repulsion,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  316. 316

    तंtaṃ घायितेghā·yi·te जेगुच्छताje·guc·cha·tā पाटिकुल्यताpā·ṭi·kul·ya·tā दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ ghāyite jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person smells it and experiences suffering because of disgust and repulsion, the monk commits a serious offense.

  317. 317

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  318. 318

    मनापिकंma·nā·pi·kaṃ गन्धंgan·dhaṃ उपसंहरति—u·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti “इमंi·maṃ घायित्वाghā·yit·vā अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सित्वाsus·sit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Manāpikaṁ gandhaṁ upasaṁharati— “imaṁ ghāyitvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk arranges a fragrant scent, thinking, “Smelling this and then being unable to get hold of it, they’ll wither and die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  319. 319

    तंtaṃ घायित्वाghā·yit·vā अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सति,sus·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ ghāyitvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person smells it and then withers because of not getting hold of it, the monk commits a serious offense.

  320. 320

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  321. 321

    रसूपहारोra·sū·pa·hā·ro नामnā·ma

    Rasūpahāro nāma

    Arranging a taste:

  322. 322

    अमनापिकंa·ma·nā·pi·kaṃ रसंra·saṃ उपसंहरतिu·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti जेगुच्छंje·guc·chaṃ पाटिकुल्यं—pā·ṭi·kul·yaṃ “इमंi·maṃ सायित्वाsā·yit·vā जेगुच्छताje·guc·cha·tā पाटिकुल्यताpā·ṭi·kul·ya·tā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    amanāpikaṁ rasaṁ upasaṁharati jegucchaṁ pāṭikulyaṁ— “imaṁ sāyitvā jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk arranges a disgusting and repulsive flavor, thinking, “Tasting this, they’ll die from disgust and repulsion,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  323. 323

    तंtaṃ सायितेsā·yi·te जेगुच्छताje·guc·cha·tā पाटिकुल्यताpā·ṭi·kul·ya·tā दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ sāyite jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person tastes it and experiences suffering because of disgust and repulsion, the monk commits a serious offense.

  324. 324

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  325. 325

    मनापिकंma·nā·pi·kaṃ रसंra·saṃ उपसंहरति—u·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti “इमंi·maṃ सायित्वाsā·yit·vā अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सित्वाsus·sit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Manāpikaṁ rasaṁ upasaṁharati— “imaṁ sāyitvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk arranges a delicious flavor, thinking, “Tasting this and then being unable to get hold of it, they’ll wither and die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  326. 326

    तंtaṃ सायित्वाsā·yit·vā अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सति,sus·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ sāyitvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person tastes it and then withers because of not getting hold of it, the monk commits a serious offense.

  327. 327

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  328. 328

    फोट्ठब्बूपहारोphoṭ·ṭhab·bū·pa·hā·ro नामnā·ma

    Phoṭṭhabbūpahāro nāma

    Arranging a touch:

  329. 329

    अमनापिकंa·ma·nā·pi·kaṃ फोट्ठब्बंphoṭ·ṭhab·baṃ उपसंहरतिu·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti दुक्खसम्फस्संduk·kha·sam·phas·saṃ खरसम्फस्सं—kha·ra·sam·phas·saṃ “इमिनाi·mi·nā फुट्ठोphuṭ·ṭho मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    amanāpikaṁ phoṭṭhabbaṁ upasaṁharati dukkhasamphassaṁ kharasamphassaṁ— “iminā phuṭṭho marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk arranges a painful and harsh physical contact, thinking, “Touched by this, they’ll die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  330. 330

    तेनte·na फुट्ठस्सphuṭ·ṭhas·sa दुक्खाduk·khā वेदनाve·da·nā उप्पज्जति,up·paj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Tena phuṭṭhassa dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person makes contact with it and experiences pain, the monk commits a serious offense.

  331. 331

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  332. 332

    मनापिकंma·nā·pi·kaṃ फोट्ठब्बंphoṭ·ṭhab·baṃ उपसंहरतिu·pa·saṃ·ha·ra·ti सुखसम्फस्संsu·kha·sam·phas·saṃ मुदुसम्फस्सं—mu·du·sam·phas·saṃ “इमिनाi·mi·nā फुट्ठोphuṭ·ṭho अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सित्वाsus·sit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Manāpikaṁ phoṭṭhabbaṁ upasaṁharati sukhasamphassaṁ mudusamphassaṁ— “iminā phuṭṭho alābhakena sussitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk arranges a pleasant and soft physical contact, thinking, “Touched by this and then being unable to get hold of it, they’ll wither and die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  333. 333

    तेनte·na फुट्ठोphuṭ·ṭho अलाभकेनa·lā·bha·ke·na सुस्सति,sus·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Tena phuṭṭho alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person is touched by it and then withers because of not getting hold of it, the monk commits a serious offense.

  334. 334

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  335. 335

    धम्मूपहारोdham·mū·pa·hā·ro नामnā·ma

    Dhammūpahāro nāma

    Arranging a mental quality:

  336. 336

    नेरयिकस्सne·ra·yi·kas·sa निरयकथंni·ra·ya·ka·thaṃ कथेति—ka·the·ti “इमंi·maṃ सुत्वाsut·vā उत्तसित्वाut·ta·sit·vā मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    nerayikassa nirayakathaṁ katheti— “imaṁ sutvā uttasitvā marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk talks about hell to someone bound for hell, thinking, “Hearing this and becoming terrified, they’ll die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  337. 337

    तंtaṃ सुत्वाsut·vā उत्तसति,ut·ta·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ sutvā uttasati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person hears it and becomes terrified, the monk commits a serious offense.

  338. 338

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  339. 339

    कल्याणकम्मस्सkal·yā·ṇa·kam·mas·sa सग्गकथंsag·ga·ka·thaṃ कथेति—ka·the·ti “इमंi·maṃ सुत्वाsut·vā अधिमुत्तोa·dhi·mut·to मरिस्सती”ति,ma·ris·sa·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    Kalyāṇakammassa saggakathaṁ katheti— “imaṁ sutvā adhimutto marissatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    If a monk talks about heaven to someone of good behavior, thinking, “Hearing this and being keen on it, they’ll die,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  340. 340

    तंtaṃ सुत्वाsut·vā अधिमुत्तोa·dhi·mut·to मरिस्सामीतिma·ris·sā·mī·ti दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Taṁ sutvā adhimutto marissāmīti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If the target person hears it, becomes keen on it, and thinks, “I shall die,” and they do something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  341. 341

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  342. 342

    आचिक्खनाā·cik·kha·nā नामnā·ma

    Ācikkhanā nāma

    Information:

  343. 343

    पुट्ठोpuṭ·ṭho भणति—bha·ṇa·ti “एवंe·vaṃ मरस्सु।ma·ras·su योyo एवंe·vaṃ मरतिma·ra·ti सोso धनंdha·naṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti यसंya·saṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti सग्गंsag·gaṃ वाvā गच्छती”ति,gac·cha·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    puṭṭho bhaṇati— “evaṁ marassu. Yo evaṁ marati so dhanaṁ vā labhati yasaṁ vā labhati saggaṁ vā gacchatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if, being asked, a monk says, “Die like this. Anyone who does receives wealth,” or, “Die like this. Anyone who does becomes famous,” or, “Die like this. Anyone who does goes to heaven,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  344. 344

    तायtā·ya आचिक्खनायā·cik·kha·nā·ya मरिस्सामीतिma·ris·sā·mī·ti दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Tāya ācikkhanāya marissāmīti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If, because of that information, the target person thinks, “I shall die,” and they do something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  345. 345

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  346. 346

    अनुसासनीa·nu·sā·sa·nī नामnā·ma

    Anusāsanī nāma

    Instruction:

  347. 347

    अपुट्ठोa·puṭ·ṭho भणति—bha·ṇa·ti “एवंe·vaṃ मरस्सु।ma·ras·su योyo एवंe·vaṃ मरतिma·ra·ti सोso धनंdha·naṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti यसंya·saṃ वाvā लभतिla·bha·ti सग्गंsag·gaṃ वाvā गच्छती”ति,gac·cha·tī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    apuṭṭho bhaṇati— “evaṁ marassu. Yo evaṁ marati so dhanaṁ vā labhati yasaṁ vā labhati saggaṁ vā gacchatī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if, without being asked, a monk says, “Die like this. Anyone who does receives wealth,” or, “Die like this. Anyone who does becomes famous,” or, “Die like this. Anyone who does goes to heaven,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  348. 348

    तायtā·ya अनुसासनियाa·nu·sā·sa·ni·yā मरिस्सामीतिma·ris·sā·mī·ti दुक्खंduk·khaṃ वेदनंve·da·naṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

    Tāya anusāsaniyā marissāmīti dukkhaṁ vedanaṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

    If, because of that instruction, the target person thinks, “I shall die,” and they do something painful, the monk commits a serious offense.

  349. 349

    मरति,ma·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Marati, āpatti pārājikassa.

    If the person dies, the monk commits an offense entailing expulsion.

  350. 350

    सङ्केतकम्मंsaṅ·ke·ta·kam·maṃ नामnā·ma

    Saṅketakammaṁ nāma

    Acting by arrangement:

  351. 351

    सङ्केतंsaṅ·ke·taṃ करोतिka·ro·ti पुरेभत्तंpu·re·bhat·taṃ वाvā पच्छाभत्तंpac·chā·bhat·taṃ वाvā रत्तिंrat·tiṃ वाvā दिवाdi·vā वा—vā “तेनte·na सङ्केतेनsaṅ·ke·te·na तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    saṅketaṁ karoti purebhattaṁ vā pacchābhattaṁ vā rattiṁ vā divā vā— “tena saṅketena taṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    if a monk makes an arrangement for before the meal or for after the meal, for the night or for the day, telling another person, “Kill that person according to this arrangement,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  352. 352

    तेनte·na सङ्केतेनsaṅ·ke·te·na तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tena saṅketena taṁ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

    If the other person kills that person according to that arrangement, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

  353. 353

    तंtaṃ सङ्केतंsaṅ·ke·taṃ पुरेpu·re वाvā पच्छाpac·chā वाvā तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti वधकस्सva·dha·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Taṁ saṅketaṁ pure vā pacchā vā taṁ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If he kills him before or after the time of the arrangement, there is no offense for the instigator, but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the murderer.

  354. 354

    निमित्तकम्मंni·mit·ta·kam·maṃ नामnā·ma

    Nimittakammaṁ nāma

    Making a sign:

  355. 355

    निमित्तंni·mit·taṃ करोति—ka·ro·ti “अक्खिंak·khiṃ वाvā निखणिस्सामिni·kha·ṇis·sā·mi भमुकंbha·mu·kaṃ वाvā उक्खिपिस्सामिuk·khi·pis·sā·mi सीसंsī·saṃ वाvā उक्खिपिस्सामि,uk·khi·pis·sā·mi तेनte·na निमित्तेनni·mit·te·na तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति,vo·ro·pe·hī आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

    nimittaṁ karoti— “akkhiṁ vā nikhaṇissāmi bhamukaṁ vā ukkhipissāmi sīsaṁ vā ukkhipissāmi, tena nimittena taṁ jīvitā voropehī”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

    a monk makes a sign. If he says to another person, “When I wink, at that sign kill that person,” “When I raise an eyebrow, at that sign kill that person,” or, “When I nod, at that sign kill that person,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

  356. 356

    तेनte·na निमित्तेनni·mit·te·na तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Tena nimittena taṁ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

    If, at that sign, the other person kills that person, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

  357. 357

    तंtaṃ निमित्तंni·mit·taṃ पुरेpu·re वाvā पच्छाpac·chā वाvā तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेति,vo·ro·pe·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti वधकस्सva·dha·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    Taṁ nimittaṁ pure vā pacchā vā taṁ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

    If he kills him before or after the sign, there is no offense for the instigator, but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the murderer.

  358. 358
  359. 359

    अनापत्ति—a·nā·pat·ti

    Anāpatti—

    There is no offense:

  360. 360

    असञ्चिच्चa·sañ·cic·ca

    asañcicca

    if it is unintentional;

  361. 361

    अजानन्तस्सa·jā·nan·tas·sa

    ajānantassa

    if he does not know;

  362. 362

    नमरणाधिप्पायस्सna·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sa

    namaraṇādhippāyassa

    if he is not aiming at death;

  363. 363

    उम्मत्तकस्सum·mat·ta·kas·sa

    ummattakassa

    if he is insane;

  364. 364

    आदिकम्मिकस्साति।ā·di·kam·mi·kas·sā·ti

    ādikammikassāti.

    if he is the first offender.

  365. 365

    मनुस्सविग्गहपाराजिकम्हिma·nus·sa·vig·ga·ha·pā·rā·ji·kam·hi पठमभाणवारोpa·ṭha·ma·bhā·ṇa·vā·ro निट्ठितो।niṭ·ṭhi·to

    Manussaviggahapārājikamhi paṭhamabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

    The first section for recitation on expulsion in relation to human beings is finished.

  366. 366

    3।1। विनीतवत्थुउद्दानगाथाvi·nī·ta·vat·thu·ud·dā·na·gā·thā

    3.1. Vinītavatthuuddānagāthā

    Summary verses of case studies

  367. 367

    संवण्णनाsaṃ·vaṇ·ṇa·nā निसीदन्तो,ni·sī·dan·to

    Saṁvaṇṇanā nisīdanto,

    “Praising, sitting down,

  368. 368

    मुसलोदुक्खलेनmu·sa·lo·duk·kha·le·na च;ca

    musalodukkhalena ca;

    And with pestle, with mortar;

  369. 369

    वुड्ढपब्बजिताभिसन्नो,vuḍ·ḍha·pab·ba·ji·tā·bhi·san·no

    Vuḍḍhapabbajitābhisanno,

    Gone forth when old, flowing out,

  370. 370

    अग्गवीमंसनाविसं।ag·ga·vī·maṃ·sa·nā·vi·saṃ

    aggavīmaṁsanāvisaṁ.

    First, experimental poison.

  371. 371

    तयोta·yo चca वत्थुकम्मेहि,vat·thu·kam·me·hi

    Tayo ca vatthukammehi,

    And three with making sites,

  372. 372

    इट्ठकाहिपरेiṭ·ṭha·kā·hi·pa·re तयो;ta·yo

    iṭṭhakāhipare tayo;

    Another three with bricks;

  373. 373

    वासीvā·sī गोपानसीgo·pā·na·sī चेव,ce·va

    Vāsī gopānasī ceva,

    And also machete, and rafter.

  374. 374

    अट्टकोतरणंaṭ·ṭa·ko·ta·ra·ṇaṃ पति।pa·ti

    aṭṭakotaraṇaṁ pati.

    An elevated platform, coming down, fell down.

  375. 375

    सेदंse·daṃ नत्थुञ्चnat·thuñ·ca सम्बाहो,sam·bā·ho

    Sedaṁ natthuñca sambāho,

    Sweating, and nose treatment, massage,

  376. 376

    न्हापनब्भञ्जनेनnhā·pa·nab·bhañ·ja·ne·na च;ca

    nhāpanabbhañjanena ca;

    By bathing, and by rubbing;

  377. 377

    उट्ठापेन्तोuṭ·ṭhā·pen·to निपातेन्तो,ni·pā·ten·to

    Uṭṭhāpento nipātento,

    Making get up, making lie down,

  378. 378

    अन्नपानेनan·na·pā·ne·na मारणं।mā·ra·ṇaṃ

    annapānena māraṇaṁ.

    Death through food, death through drink.

  379. 379

    जारगब्भोjā·ra·gab·bho सपत्तीsa·pat·tī च,ca

    Jāragabbho sapattī ca,

    Child by a lover, and co-wives;

  380. 380

    माताmā·tā पुत्तंput·taṃ उभोu·bho वधि;va·dhi

    mātā puttaṁ ubho vadhi;

    mother, child, he killed both,

  381. 381

    उभोu·bho नna मिय्यरेmiy·ya·re मद्दा,mad·dā

    Ubho na miyyare maddā,

    he killed neither; crushing,

  382. 382

    तापंtā·paṃ वञ्झाvañ·jhā विजायिनी।vi·jā·yi·nī

    tāpaṁ vañjhā vijāyinī.

    Heating, barren, fertile.

  383. 383

    पतोदंpa·to·daṃ निग्गहेnig·ga·he यक्खो,yak·kho

    Patodaṁ niggahe yakkho,

    Tickling, in taking hold of, a spirit,

  384. 384

    वाळयक्खञ्चvā·ḷa·yak·khañ·ca पाहिणि;pā·hi·ṇi

    vāḷayakkhañca pāhiṇi;

    And predatory spirits, sending;

  385. 385

    तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no पहरि,pa·ha·ri

    Taṁ maññamāno pahari,

    Thinking it was them, he gave a blow,

  386. 386

    सग्गञ्चsag·gañ·ca निरयंni·ra·yaṃ भणे।bha·ṇe

    saggañca nirayaṁ bhaṇe.

    In talking about heaven, and about hell.

  387. 387

    आळवियाā·ḷa·vi·yā तयोta·yo रुक्खा,ruk·khā

    Āḷaviyā tayo rukkhā,

    Three trees at Āḷavī,

  388. 388

    दायेहिdā·ye·hi अपरेa·pa·re तयो;ta·yo

    dāyehi apare tayo;

    Three others with forest groves;

  389. 389

    माmā किलमेसिki·la·me·si नna तुय्हं,tuy·haṃ

    Mā kilamesi na tuyhaṁ,

    Don’t torture, no I can’t,

  390. 390

    तक्कंtak·kaṃ सोवीरकेनso·vī·ra·ke·na चाति।cā·ti

    takkaṁ sovīrakena cāti.

    Buttermilk, and salty purgative.”

  391. 391

    3।2। विनीतवत्थुvi·nī·ta·vat·thu

    3.2. Vinītavatthu

    Case studies

  392. 392

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  393. 393

    तस्सtas·sa भिक्खूbhik·khū कारुञ्ञेनkā·ruñ·ñe·na मरणवण्णंma·ra·ṇa·vaṇ·ṇaṃ संवण्णेसुं।saṃ·vaṇ·ṇe·suṃ

    Tassa bhikkhū kāruññena maraṇavaṇṇaṁ saṁvaṇṇesuṁ.

    Out of compassion, the monks praised death to him.

  394. 394

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  395. 395

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si “भगवताbha·ga·va·tā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं,pañ·ñat·taṃ कच्चिkac·ci नुnu खोkho मयंma·yaṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्ना”ति?ā·pan·nā

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi “bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ, kacci nu kho mayaṁ pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpannā”ti?

    They became anxious, thinking, “The Buddha has laid down a training rule. Could it be that we’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion?”

  396. 396

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told the Buddha.

  397. 397

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आपन्नाā·pan·nā पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “Āpattiṁ tumhe, bhikkhave, āpannā pārājikan”ti.

    “You’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  398. 398

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पिण्डचारिकोpiṇ·ḍa·cā·ri·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu पीठकेpī·ṭha·ke पिलोतिकायpi·lo·ti·kā·ya पटिच्छन्नंpa·ṭic·chan·naṃ दारकंdā·ra·kaṃ निसीदन्तोni·sī·dan·to ओत्थरित्वाot·tha·rit·vā मारेसि।mā·re·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu pīṭhake pilotikāya paṭicchannaṁ dārakaṁ nisīdanto ottharitvā māresi.

    On one occasion an alms-collecting monk sat down on a bench, crushing a boy who was concealed by an old cloth. The boy died.

  399. 399

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si “भगवताbha·ga·va·tā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं,pañ·ñat·taṃ कच्चिkac·ci नुnu खोkho अहंa·haṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्नो”ति?ā·pan·no

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi “bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ, kacci nu kho ahaṁ pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno”ti?

    The monk became anxious, thinking, “The Buddha has laid down a training rule. Could it be that I’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion?”

  400. 400

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

    He told the Buddha.

  401. 401

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

  402. 402

    नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अप्पटिवेक्खित्वाap·pa·ṭi·vek·khit·vā आसनेā·sa·ne निसीदितब्बं;ni·sī·di·tab·baṃ योyo निसीदेय्य,ni·sī·dey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Na ca, bhikkhave, appaṭivekkhitvā āsane nisīditabbaṁ; yo nisīdeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    But you shouldn’t sit down on a seat without checking it. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

  403. 403

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu भत्तग्गेbhat·tag·ge अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re आसनंā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेन्तोpañ·ña·pen·to मुसलेmu·sa·le उस्सितेus·si·te एकंe·kaṃ मुसलंmu·sa·laṃ अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhattagge antaraghare āsanaṁ paññapento musale ussite ekaṁ musalaṁ aggahesi.

    On one occasion a monk was preparing a seat in a dining hall in an inhabited area. When he took hold of a pestle high up,

  404. 404

    दुतियोdu·ti·yo मुसलोmu·sa·lo परिपतित्वाpa·ri·pa·tit·vā अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa दारकस्सdā·ra·kas·sa मत्थकेmat·tha·ke अवत्थासि।a·vat·thā·si

    Dutiyo musalo paripatitvā aññatarassa dārakassa matthake avatthāsi.

    another pestle fell down, hitting a boy,

  405. 405

    सोso कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So kālamakāsi.

    who died.

  406. 406

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  407. 407

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking?”

  408. 408

    “असञ्चिच्चa·sañ·cic·ca अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Asañcicca ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “I didn’t intend it, sir.”

  409. 409

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu असञ्चिच्चा”ति।a·sañ·cic·cā

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, asañciccā”ti.

    “There’s no offense when it’s unintentional.”

  410. 410

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu भत्तग्गेbhat·tag·ge अन्तरघरेan·ta·ra·gha·re आसनंā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेन्तोpañ·ña·pen·to उदुक्खलभण्डिकंu·duk·kha·la·bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ अक्कमित्वाak·ka·mit·vā पवट्टेसि।pa·vaṭ·ṭe·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhattagge antaraghare āsanaṁ paññapento udukkhalabhaṇḍikaṁ akkamitvā pavaṭṭesi.

    On one occasion a monk was preparing a seat in a dining hall in an inhabited area when he forcefully kicked the implements belonging to a mortar.

  411. 411

    अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ दारकंdā·ra·kaṃ ओत्थरित्वाot·tha·rit·vā मारेसि।mā·re·si

    Aññataraṁ dārakaṁ ottharitvā māresi.

    They crushed a boy, who died.

  412. 412

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  413. 413

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu असञ्चिच्चा”ति।a·sañ·cic·cā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, asañciccā”ti.

    “There’s no offense when it’s unintentional.”

  414. 414

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na पितापुत्ताpi·tā·put·tā भिक्खूसुbhik·khū·su पब्बजिताpab·ba·ji·tā होन्ति।hon·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā honti.

    At one time a father and son had gone forth with the monks.

  415. 415

    कालेkā·le आरोचितेā·ro·ci·te पुत्तोput·to पितरंpi·ta·raṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Kāle ārocite putto pitaraṁ etadavoca—

    When the time was announced for a certain event, the son said to his father,

  416. 416

    “गच्छ,gac·cha भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तंtaṃ पतिमानेती”तिpa·ti·mā·ne·tī

    “gaccha, bhante, saṅgho taṁ patimānetī”ti

    “Go, sir, the Sangha is waiting for you,”

  417. 417

    पिट्ठियंpiṭ·ṭhi·yaṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā पणामेसि।pa·ṇā·me·si

    piṭṭhiyaṁ gahetvā paṇāmesi.

    and seizing him by the back, he pushed him.

  418. 418

    सोso पपतित्वाpa·pa·tit·vā कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So papatitvā kālamakāsi.

    The father fell and died.

  419. 419

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The son became anxious …

  420. 420

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking?”

  421. 421

    “नाहं,nā·haṃ भगवा,bha·ga·vā मरणाधिप्पायो”ति।ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo

    “Nāhaṁ, bhagavā, maraṇādhippāyo”ti.

    “I didn’t mean to kill him, sir.”

  422. 422

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  423. 423

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na पितापुत्ताpi·tā·put·tā भिक्खूसुbhik·khū·su पब्बजिताpab·ba·ji·tā होन्ति।hon·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā honti.

    At one time a father and son had gone forth with the monks.

  424. 424

    कालेkā·le आरोचितेā·ro·ci·te पुत्तोput·to पितरंpi·ta·raṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Kāle ārocite putto pitaraṁ etadavoca—

    When the time was announced for a certain event, the son said to his father,

  425. 425

    “गच्छ,gac·cha भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तंtaṃ पतिमानेती”तिpa·ti·mā·ne·tī

    “gaccha, bhante, saṅgho taṁ patimānetī”ti

    “Go, sir, the Sangha is waiting for you,”

  426. 426

    मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo पिट्ठियंpiṭ·ṭhi·yaṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā पणामेसि।pa·ṇā·me·si

    maraṇādhippāyo piṭṭhiyaṁ gahetvā paṇāmesi.

    and seizing him by the back, he pushed him, aiming to kill him.

  427. 427

    सोso पपतित्वाpa·pa·tit·vā कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So papatitvā kālamakāsi.

    The father fell and died.

  428. 428

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The son became anxious …

  429. 429

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  430. 430

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na पितापुत्ताpi·tā·put·tā भिक्खूसुbhik·khū·su पब्बजिताpab·ba·ji·tā होन्ति।hon·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā honti.

    At one time a father and son had gone forth with the monks.

  431. 431

    कालेkā·le आरोचितेā·ro·ci·te पुत्तोput·to पितरंpi·ta·raṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Kāle ārocite putto pitaraṁ etadavoca—

    When the time was announced for a certain event, the son said to his father,

  432. 432

    “गच्छ,gac·cha भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तंtaṃ पतिमानेती”तिpa·ti·mā·ne·tī

    “gaccha, bhante, saṅgho taṁ patimānetī”ti

    “Go, sir, the Sangha is waiting for you,”

  433. 433

    मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo पिट्ठियंpiṭ·ṭhi·yaṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā पणामेसि।pa·ṇā·me·si

    maraṇādhippāyo piṭṭhiyaṁ gahetvā paṇāmesi.

    and seizing him by the back, he pushed him, aiming to kill him.

  434. 434

    सोso पपतित्वाpa·pa·tit·vā नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So papatitvā na kālamakāsi.

    The father fell, but did not die.

  435. 435

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The son became anxious …

  436. 436

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  437. 437

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  438. 438

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no भुञ्जन्तस्सbhuñ·jan·tas·sa मंसंmaṃ·saṃ कण्ठेkaṇ·ṭhe विलग्गंvi·lag·gaṃ होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa maṁsaṁ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṁ hoti.

    On one occasion a monk got meat stuck in his throat while eating.

  439. 439

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no गीवायंgī·vā·yaṃ पहारंpa·hā·raṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṁ pahāraṁ adāsi.

    Another monk hit him on the neck.

  440. 440

    सलोहितंsa·lo·hi·taṃ मंसंmaṃ·saṃ पति।pa·ti

    Salohitaṁ maṁsaṁ pati.

    The meat was expelled together with blood,

  441. 441

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    and the monk died.

  442. 442

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  443. 443

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  444. 444

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no भुञ्जन्तस्सbhuñ·jan·tas·sa मंसंmaṃ·saṃ कण्ठेkaṇ·ṭhe विलग्गंvi·lag·gaṃ होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa maṁsaṁ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṁ hoti.

    On one occasion a monk got meat stuck in his throat while eating.

  445. 445

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no गीवायंgī·vā·yaṃ पहारंpa·hā·raṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṁ pahāraṁ adāsi.

    Another monk hit him on the neck, aiming to kill him.

  446. 446

    सलोहितंsa·lo·hi·taṃ मंसंmaṃ·saṃ पति।pa·ti

    Salohitaṁ maṁsaṁ pati.

    The meat was expelled together with blood,

  447. 447

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    and the monk died.

  448. 448

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  449. 449

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  450. 450

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no भुञ्जन्तस्सbhuñ·jan·tas·sa मंसंmaṃ·saṃ कण्ठेkaṇ·ṭhe विलग्गंvi·lag·gaṃ होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa maṁsaṁ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṁ hoti.

    On one occasion a monk got meat stuck in his throat while eating.

  451. 451

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no गीवायंgī·vā·yaṃ पहारंpa·hā·raṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṁ pahāraṁ adāsi.

    Another monk hit him on the neck, aiming to kill him.

  452. 452

    सलोहितंsa·lo·hi·taṃ मंसंmaṃ·saṃ पति।pa·ti

    Salohitaṁ maṁsaṁ pati.

    The meat was expelled together with blood,

  453. 453

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    but the monk did not die.

  454. 454

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  455. 455

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  456. 456

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  457. 457

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पिण्डचारिकोpiṇ·ḍa·cā·ri·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu विसगतंvi·sa·ga·taṃ पिण्डपातंpiṇ·ḍa·pā·taṃ लभित्वाla·bhit·vā पटिक्कमनंpa·ṭik·ka·ma·naṃ हरित्वाha·rit·vā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अग्गकारिकंag·ga·kā·ri·kaṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu visagataṁ piṇḍapātaṁ labhitvā paṭikkamanaṁ haritvā bhikkhūnaṁ aggakārikaṁ adāsi.

    On one occasion an alms-collecting monk received poisoned almsfood. He brought it back and gave the first portion to other monks.

  458. 458

    तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū कालमकंसु।kā·la·ma·kaṃ·su

    Te bhikkhū kālamakaṁsu.

    They died.

  459. 459

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  460. 460

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  461. 461

    “नाहं,nā·haṃ भगवा,bha·ga·vā जानामी”ति।jā·nā·mī

    “Nāhaṁ, bhagavā, jānāmī”ti.

    “I didn’t know, sir.”

  462. 462

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अजानन्तस्सा”ति।a·jā·nan·tas·sā

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, ajānantassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t know.”

  463. 463

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu वीमंसाधिप्पायोvī·maṃ·sā·dhip·pā·yo अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no विसंvi·saṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vīmaṁsādhippāyo aññatarassa bhikkhuno visaṁ adāsi.

    On one occasion a monk gave poison to another monk with the purpose of investigating it.

  464. 464

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    That monk died.

  465. 465

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  466. 466

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  467. 467

    “वीमंसाधिप्पायोvī·maṃ·sā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

    “Vīmaṁsādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

    “My purpose was to investigate it, sir.”

  468. 468

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  469. 469

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  470. 470

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū विहारवत्थुंvi·hā·ra·vat·thuṃ करोन्ति।ka·ron·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū vihāravatthuṁ karonti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were preparing a site for a dwelling

  471. 471

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu हेट्ठाheṭ·ṭhā हुत्वाhut·vā सिलंsi·laṃ उच्चारेसि।uc·cā·re·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā silaṁ uccāresi.

    when a monk lifted up a stone to another monk above him.

  472. 472

    उपरिमेनu·pa·ri·me·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā दुग्गहिताdug·ga·hi·tā सिलाsi·lā हेट्ठिमस्सheṭ·ṭhi·mas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मत्थकेmat·tha·ke अवत्थासि।a·vat·thā·si

    Uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā silā heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi.

    Because the other monk did not grasp it properly, it fell on the head of the monk below,

  473. 473

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    who died.

  474. 474

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  475. 475

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu असञ्चिच्चा”ति।a·sañ·cic·cā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, asañciccā”ti.

    “There’s no offense when it’s unintentional.”

  476. 476

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū विहारवत्थुंvi·hā·ra·vat·thuṃ करोन्ति।ka·ron·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū vihāravatthuṁ karonti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were preparing a site for a dwelling

  477. 477

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu हेट्ठाheṭ·ṭhā हुत्वाhut·vā सिलंsi·laṃ उच्चारेसि।uc·cā·re·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā silaṁ uccāresi.

    when a monk lifted up a stone to another monk above him.

  478. 478

    उपरिमोu·pa·ri·mo भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo हेट्ठिमस्सheṭ·ṭhi·mas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मत्थकेmat·tha·ke सिलंsi·laṃ मुञ्चि।muñ·ci

    Uparimo bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake silaṁ muñci.

    The other monk dropped the stone on his head, aiming to kill him.

  479. 479

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  480. 480

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  481. 481

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  482. 482

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  483. 483

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  484. 484

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū विहारस्सvi·hā·ras·sa कुट्टंkuṭ·ṭaṃ उट्ठापेन्ति।uṭ·ṭhā·pen·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū vihārassa kuṭṭaṁ uṭṭhāpenti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were building a wall for a dwelling

  485. 485

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu हेट्ठाheṭ·ṭhā हुत्वाhut·vā इट्ठकंiṭ·ṭha·kaṃ उच्चारेसि।uc·cā·re·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā iṭṭhakaṁ uccāresi.

    when a monk lifted up a brick to another monk above him.

  486. 486

    उपरिमेनu·pa·ri·me·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā दुग्गहिताdug·ga·hi·tā इट्ठकाiṭ·ṭha·kā हेट्ठिमस्सheṭ·ṭhi·mas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मत्थकेmat·tha·ke अवत्थासि।a·vat·thā·si

    Uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā iṭṭhakā heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi.

    Because the other monk did not grasp it properly, it fell on the head of the monk below,

  487. 487

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    who died.

  488. 488

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  489. 489

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu असञ्चिच्चा”ति।a·sañ·cic·cā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, asañciccā”ti.

    “There’s no offense when it’s unintentional.”

  490. 490

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū विहारस्सvi·hā·ras·sa कुट्टंkuṭ·ṭaṃ उट्ठापेन्ति।uṭ·ṭhā·pen·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū vihārassa kuṭṭaṁ uṭṭhāpenti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were building a wall for a dwelling

  491. 491

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu हेट्ठाheṭ·ṭhā हुत्वाhut·vā इट्ठकंiṭ·ṭha·kaṃ उच्चारेसि।uc·cā·re·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā iṭṭhakaṁ uccāresi.

    when a monk lifted up a brick to another monk above him.

  492. 492

    उपरिमोu·pa·ri·mo भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo हेट्ठिमस्सheṭ·ṭhi·mas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मत्थकेmat·tha·ke इट्ठकंiṭ·ṭha·kaṃ मुञ्चि।muñ·ci

    Uparimo bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake iṭṭhakaṁ muñci.

    The other monk dropped the brick on his head, aiming to kill him.

  493. 493

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  494. 494

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  495. 495

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  496. 496

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  497. 497

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  498. 498

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū नवकम्मंna·va·kam·maṃ करोन्ति।ka·ron·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṁ karonti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were doing building work

  499. 499

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu हेट्ठाheṭ·ṭhā हुत्वाhut·vā वासिंvā·siṃ उच्चारेसि।uc·cā·re·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā vāsiṁ uccāresi.

    when a monk lifted up a machete to another monk above him.

  500. 500

    उपरिमेनu·pa·ri·me·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā दुग्गहिताdug·ga·hi·tā वासीvā·sī हेट्ठिमस्सheṭ·ṭhi·mas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मत्थकेmat·tha·ke अवत्थासि।a·vat·thā·si

    Uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā vāsī heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi.

    Because the other monk did not grasp it properly, it fell on the head of the monk below,

  501. 501

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    who died.

  502. 502

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  503. 503

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu असञ्चिच्चा”ति।a·sañ·cic·cā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, asañciccā”ti.

    “There’s no offense when it’s unintentional.”

  504. 504

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū नवकम्मंna·va·kam·maṃ करोन्ति।ka·ron·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṁ karonti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were doing building work

  505. 505

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu हेट्ठाheṭ·ṭhā हुत्वाhut·vā वासिंvā·siṃ उच्चारेसि।uc·cā·re·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā vāsiṁ uccāresi.

    when a monk lifted up a machete to another monk above him.

  506. 506

    उपरिमोu·pa·ri·mo भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo हेट्ठिमस्सheṭ·ṭhi·mas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मत्थकेmat·tha·ke वासिंvā·siṃ मुञ्चि।muñ·ci

    Uparimo bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake vāsiṁ muñci.

    The other monk dropped the machete on his head, aiming to kill him.

  507. 507

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  508. 508

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  509. 509

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  510. 510

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  511. 511

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  512. 512

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū नवकम्मंna·va·kam·maṃ करोन्ति।ka·ron·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṁ karonti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were doing building work

  513. 513

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu हेट्ठाheṭ·ṭhā हुत्वाhut·vā गोपानसिंgo·pā·na·siṃ उच्चारेसि।uc·cā·re·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā gopānasiṁ uccāresi.

    when a monk lifted up a rafter to another monk above him.

  514. 514

    उपरिमेनu·pa·ri·me·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā दुग्गहिताdug·ga·hi·tā गोपानसीgo·pā·na·sī हेट्ठिमस्सheṭ·ṭhi·mas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मत्थकेmat·tha·ke अवत्थासि।a·vat·thā·si

    Uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā gopānasī heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi.

    Because the other monk did not grasp it properly, it fell on the head of the monk below,

  515. 515

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    who died.

  516. 516

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  517. 517

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu असञ्चिच्चा”ति।a·sañ·cic·cā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, asañciccā”ti.

    “There’s no offense when it’s unintentional.”

  518. 518

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū नवकम्मंna·va·kam·maṃ करोन्ति।ka·ron·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṁ karonti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were doing building work

  519. 519

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu हेट्ठाheṭ·ṭhā हुत्वाhut·vā गोपानसिंgo·pā·na·siṃ उच्चारेसि।uc·cā·re·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā gopānasiṁ uccāresi.

    when a monk lifted up a rafter to another monk above him.

  520. 520

    उपरिमोu·pa·ri·mo भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo हेट्ठिमस्सheṭ·ṭhi·mas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मत्थकेmat·tha·ke गोपानसिंgo·pā·na·siṃ मुञ्चि।muñ·ci

    Uparimo bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake gopānasiṁ muñci.

    The other monk dropped the rafter on his head, aiming to kill him.

  521. 521

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  522. 522

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  523. 523

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  524. 524

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  525. 525

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  526. 526

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū नवकम्मंna·va·kam·maṃ करोन्ताka·ron·tā अट्टकंaṭ·ṭa·kaṃ बन्धन्ति।ban·dhan·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṁ karontā aṭṭakaṁ bandhanti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were putting together an elevated platform while doing building work.

  527. 527

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    A monk said to another monk,

  528. 528

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so अत्रट्ठितोat·raṭ·ṭhi·to बन्धाही”ति।ban·dhā·hī

    “āvuso, atraṭṭhito bandhāhī”ti.

    “Put it together while standing here.”

  529. 529

    सोso तत्रट्ठितोtat·raṭ·ṭhi·to बन्धन्तोban·dhan·to परिपतित्वाpa·ri·pa·tit·vā कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So tatraṭṭhito bandhanto paripatitvā kālamakāsi.

    He did, and he fell down and died.

  530. 530

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  531. 531

    “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

    “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

    “What were you thinking, monk?”

  532. 532

    “नाहं,nā·haṃ भगवा,bha·ga·vā मरणाधिप्पायो”ति।ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo

    “Nāhaṁ, bhagavā, maraṇādhippāyo”ti.

    “I didn’t mean to kill him, sir.”

  533. 533

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  534. 534

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū नवकम्मंna·va·kam·maṃ करोन्ताka·ron·tā अट्टकंaṭ·ṭa·kaṃ बन्धन्ति।ban·dhan·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṁ karontā aṭṭakaṁ bandhanti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were putting together an elevated platform while doing building work.

  535. 535

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    A monk said to another monk,

  536. 536

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so अत्रट्ठितोat·raṭ·ṭhi·to बन्धाही”ति।ban·dhā·hī

    “āvuso, atraṭṭhito bandhāhī”ti.

    “Put it together while standing here,” aiming to kill him.

  537. 537

    सोso तत्रट्ठितोtat·raṭ·ṭhi·to बन्धन्तोban·dhan·to परिपतित्वाpa·ri·pa·tit·vā कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So tatraṭṭhito bandhanto paripatitvā kālamakāsi …pe…

    He did, and he fell down and died. …

  538. 538

    परिपतित्वाpa·ri·pa·tit·vā नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    paripatitvā na kālamakāsi.

    he fell down, but did not die.

  539. 539

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  540. 540

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  541. 541

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  542. 542

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu विहारंvi·hā·raṃ छादेत्वाchā·det·vā ओतरति।o·ta·ra·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vihāraṁ chādetvā otarati.

    On one occasion a monk was coming down after roofing a dwelling.

  543. 543

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Aññataro bhikkhu taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    Another monk said to him,

  544. 544

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so इतोi·to ओतराही”ति।o·ta·rā·hī

    “āvuso, ito otarāhī”ti.

    “Come down here.”

  545. 545

    सोso तेनte·na ओतरन्तोo·ta·ran·to परिपतित्वाpa·ri·pa·tit·vā कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So tena otaranto paripatitvā kālamakāsi.

    He did, and he fell down and died.

  546. 546

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  547. 547

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  548. 548

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu विहारंvi·hā·raṃ छादेत्वाchā·det·vā ओतरति।o·ta·ra·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vihāraṁ chādetvā otarati.

    On one occasion a monk was coming down after roofing a dwelling.

  549. 549

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    Another monk said to him,

  550. 550

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so इतोi·to ओतराही”ति।o·ta·rā·hī

    “āvuso, ito otarāhī”ti.

    “Come down here,” aiming to kill him.

  551. 551

    सोso तेनte·na ओतरन्तोo·ta·ran·to परिपतित्वाpa·ri·pa·tit·vā कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So tena otaranto paripatitvā kālamakāsi …pe…

    He did, and he fell down and died. …

  552. 552

    परिपतित्वाpa·ri·pa·tit·vā नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    paripatitvā na kālamakāsi.

    he fell down, but did not die.

  553. 553

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  554. 554

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  555. 555

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  556. 556

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अनभिरतियाa·na·bhi·ra·ti·yā पीळितोpī·ḷi·to गिज्झकूटंgij·jha·kū·ṭaṃ पब्बतंpab·ba·taṃ अभिरुहित्वाa·bhi·ru·hit·vā पपातेpa·pā·te पपतन्तोpa·pa·tan·to अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ विलीवकारंvi·lī·va·kā·raṃ ओत्थरित्वाot·tha·rit·vā मारेसि।mā·re·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu anabhiratiyā pīḷito gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ abhiruhitvā papāte papatanto aññataraṁ vilīvakāraṁ ottharitvā māresi.

    On one occasion a monk who was plagued by lust climbed the Vulture Peak, jumped off the cliff, and hit a basket-maker. The basket-maker died,

  557. 557

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    and the monk became anxious …

  558. 558

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

  559. 559

    नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अत्तानंat·tā·naṃ पातेतब्बं।pā·te·tab·baṃ योyo पातेय्य,pā·tey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Na ca, bhikkhave, attānaṁ pātetabbaṁ. Yo pāteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    But, monks, you shouldn’t jump off anything. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

  560. 560

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū गिज्झकूटंgij·jha·kū·ṭaṃ पब्बतंpab·ba·taṃ अभिरुहित्वाa·bhi·ru·hit·vā दवायda·vā·ya सिलंsi·laṃ पविज्झिंसु।pa·vij·jhiṃ·su

    Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū gijjhakūṭaṁ pabbataṁ abhiruhitvā davāya silaṁ pavijjhiṁsu.

    On one occasion the monks from the group of six climbed the Vulture Peak and threw down a stone for fun.

  561. 561

    साsā अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ गोपालकंgo·pā·la·kaṃ ओत्थरित्वाot·tha·rit·vā मारेसि।mā·re·si

    Sā aññataraṁ gopālakaṁ ottharitvā māresi.

    It hit a cowherd, who died.

  562. 562

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  563. 563

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa.

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

  564. 564

    नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve दवायda·vā·ya सिलाsi·lā पविज्झितब्बा।pa·vij·jhi·tab·bā योyo पविज्झेय्य,pa·vij·jhey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Na ca, bhikkhave, davāya silā pavijjhitabbā. Yo pavijjheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    But, monks, you shouldn’t throw down stones for fun. If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

  565. 565

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  566. 566

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū सेदेसुं।se·de·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū sedesuṁ.

    The monks made him sweat by heating him.

  567. 567

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  568. 568

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  569. 569

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  570. 570

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  571. 571

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā सेदेसुं।se·de·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā sedesuṁ.

    The monks made him sweat by heating him, aiming to kill him.

  572. 572

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi. …pe…

    He died. …

  573. 573

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  574. 574

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  575. 575

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  576. 576

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  577. 577

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no सीसाभितापोsī·sā·bhi·tā·po होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno sīsābhitāpo hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk had a severe headache.

  578. 578

    तस्सtas·sa भिक्खूbhik·khū नत्थुंnat·thuṃ अदंसु।a·daṃ·su

    Tassa bhikkhū natthuṁ adaṁsu.

    The monks gave him medical treatment through the nose.

  579. 579

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  580. 580

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  581. 581

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  582. 582

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no सीसाभितापोsī·sā·bhi·tā·po होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno sīsābhitāpo hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk had a severe headache.

  583. 583

    तस्सtas·sa भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā नत्थुंnat·thuṃ अदंसु।a·daṃ·su

    Tassa bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā natthuṁ adaṁsu.

    The monks gave him medical treatment through the nose, aiming to kill him.

  584. 584

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  585. 585

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  586. 586

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  587. 587

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  588. 588

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  589. 589

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  590. 590

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū सम्बाहेसुं।sam·bā·he·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū sambāhesuṁ.

    The monks massaged him.

  591. 591

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  592. 592

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  593. 593

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  594. 594

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  595. 595

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā सम्बाहेसुं।sam·bā·he·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā sambāhesuṁ.

    The monks massaged him, aiming to kill him.

  596. 596

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  597. 597

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  598. 598

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  599. 599

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  600. 600

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  601. 601

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  602. 602

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū न्हापेसुं।nhā·pe·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū nhāpesuṁ.

    The monks bathed him.

  603. 603

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  604. 604

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  605. 605

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  606. 606

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  607. 607

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā न्हापेसुं।nhā·pe·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā nhāpesuṁ.

    The monks bathed him, aiming to kill him.

  608. 608

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  609. 609

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  610. 610

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  611. 611

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  612. 612

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  613. 613

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  614. 614

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū तेलेनte·le·na अब्भञ्जिंसु।ab·bhañ·jiṃ·su

    Taṁ bhikkhū telena abbhañjiṁsu.

    The monks rubbed him with oil.

  615. 615

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  616. 616

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  617. 617

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  618. 618

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  619. 619

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā तेलेनte·le·na अब्भञ्जिंसु।ab·bhañ·jiṃ·su

    Taṁ bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā telena abbhañjiṁsu.

    The monks rubbed him with oil, aiming to kill him.

  620. 620

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  621. 621

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  622. 622

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  623. 623

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  624. 624

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  625. 625

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  626. 626

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū उट्ठापेसुं।uṭ·ṭhā·pe·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū uṭṭhāpesuṁ.

    The monks made him get up.

  627. 627

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  628. 628

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  629. 629

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  630. 630

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  631. 631

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā उट्ठापेसुं।uṭ·ṭhā·pe·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā uṭṭhāpesuṁ.

    The monks made him get up, aiming to kill him.

  632. 632

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  633. 633

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  634. 634

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  635. 635

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  636. 636

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  637. 637

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  638. 638

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū निपातेसुं।ni·pā·te·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū nipātesuṁ.

    The monks made him lie down.

  639. 639

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  640. 640

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  641. 641

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  642. 642

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  643. 643

    तंtaṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā निपातेसुं।ni·pā·te·suṃ

    Taṁ bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā nipātesuṁ.

    The monks made him lie down, aiming to kill him.

  644. 644

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  645. 645

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  646. 646

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  647. 647

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  648. 648

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  649. 649

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  650. 650

    तस्सtas·sa भिक्खूbhik·khū अन्नंan·naṃ अदंसु।a·daṃ·su

    Tassa bhikkhū annaṁ adaṁsu.

    The monks gave him food.

  651. 651

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  652. 652

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  653. 653

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  654. 654

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  655. 655

    तस्सtas·sa भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā अन्नंan·naṃ अदंसु।a·daṃ·su

    Tassa bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā annaṁ adaṁsu.

    The monks gave him food, aiming to kill him.

  656. 656

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  657. 657

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  658. 658

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  659. 659

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  660. 660

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  661. 661

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  662. 662

    तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुbhik·khu पानंpā·naṃ अदंसु।a·daṃ·su

    Tassa bhikkhu pānaṁ adaṁsu.

    The monks gave him a drink.

  663. 663

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  664. 664

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  665. 665

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  666. 666

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

    On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

  667. 667

    तस्सtas·sa भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā पानंpā·naṃ अदंसु।a·daṃ·su

    Tassa bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā pānaṁ adaṁsu.

    The monks gave him a drink, aiming to kill him.

  668. 668

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  669. 669

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  670. 670

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  671. 671

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  672. 672

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  673. 673

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā इत्थीit·thī पवुत्थपतिकाpa·vut·tha·pa·ti·kā जारेनjā·re·na गब्भिनीgab·bhi·nī होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthī pavutthapatikā jārena gabbhinī hoti.

    At one time a woman whose husband was living away from home became pregnant by a lover.

  674. 674

    साsā कुलूपकंku·lū·pa·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Sā kulūpakaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    She said to a monk who associated with her family,

  675. 675

    “इङ्घाय्य,iṅ·ghāy·ya गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ जानाही”ति।jā·nā·hī

    “iṅghāyya, gabbhapātanaṁ jānāhī”ti.

    “Venerable, please help me have an abortion.”

  676. 676

    “सुट्ठु,suṭ·ṭhu भगिनी”तिbha·gi·nī

    “Suṭṭhu, bhaginī”ti

    “Alright,” he said,

  677. 677

    तस्साtas·sā गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    tassā gabbhapātanaṁ adāsi.

    and he helped her have an abortion.

  678. 678

    दारकोdā·ra·ko कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    Dārako kālamakāsi.

    The child died.

  679. 679

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  680. 680

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  681. 681

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa द्वेdve पजापतियोpa·jā·pa·ti·yo होन्ति—hon·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa purisassa dve pajāpatiyo honti—

    At one time a certain man had two wives,

  682. 682

    एकाe·kā वञ्झा,vañ·jhā एकाe·kā विजायिनी।vi·jā·yi·nī

    ekā vañjhā, ekā vijāyinī.

    one barren and one fertile.

  683. 683

    वञ्झाvañ·jhā इत्थीit·thī कुलूपकंku·lū·pa·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Vañjhā itthī kulūpakaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    The barren one said to a monk who associated with her family,

  684. 684

    “सचेsa·ce सा,sā भन्ते,bhan·te विजायिस्सतिvi·jā·yis·sa·ti सब्बस्सsab·bas·sa कुटुम्बस्सku·ṭum·bas·sa इस्सराis·sa·rā भविस्सति।bha·vis·sa·ti

    “sace sā, bhante, vijāyissati sabbassa kuṭumbassa issarā bhavissati.

    “If the other wife gives birth to a son, venerable, she’ll become the head wife.

  685. 685

    इङ्घाय्य,iṅ·ghāy·ya तस्साtas·sā गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ जानाही”ति।jā·nā·hī

    Iṅghāyya, tassā gabbhapātanaṁ jānāhī”ti.

    Please make her have an abortion.”

  686. 686

    “सुट्ठु,suṭ·ṭhu भगिनी”तिbha·gi·nī

    “Suṭṭhu, bhaginī”ti

    “Alright,” he said,

  687. 687

    तस्साtas·sā गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    tassā gabbhapātanaṁ adāsi.

    and he did so.

  688. 688

    दारकोdā·ra·ko कालमकासि,kā·la·ma·kā·si

    Dārako kālamakāsi,

    The child died,

  689. 689

    माताmā·tā नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    mātā na kālamakāsi.

    but the mother did not die.

  690. 690

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  691. 691

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  692. 692

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa द्वेdve पजापतियोpa·jā·pa·ti·yo होन्ति—hon·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa purisassa dve pajāpatiyo honti—

    At one time a certain man had two wives,

  693. 693

    एकाe·kā वञ्झा,vañ·jhā एकाe·kā विजायिनी।vi·jā·yi·nī

    ekā vañjhā, ekā vijāyinī.

    one barren and one fertile.

  694. 694

    वञ्झाvañ·jhā इत्थीit·thī कुलूपकंku·lū·pa·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Vañjhā itthī kulūpakaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    The barren one said to a monk who associated with her family,

  695. 695

    “सचेsa·ce सा,sā भन्ते,bhan·te विजायिस्सतिvi·jā·yis·sa·ti सब्बस्सsab·bas·sa कुटुम्बस्सku·ṭum·bas·sa इस्सराis·sa·rā भविस्सति।bha·vis·sa·ti

    “sace sā, bhante, vijāyissati sabbassa kuṭumbassa issarā bhavissati.

    “If the other wife gives birth to a son, venerable, she’ll become the head wife.

  696. 696

    इङ्घाय्य,iṅ·ghāy·ya तस्साtas·sā गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ जानाही”ति।jā·nā·hī

    Iṅghāyya, tassā gabbhapātanaṁ jānāhī”ti.

    Please make her have an abortion.”

  697. 697

    “सुट्ठु,suṭ·ṭhu भगिनी”तिbha·gi·nī

    “Suṭṭhu, bhaginī”ti

    “Alright,” he said,

  698. 698

    तस्साtas·sā गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    tassā gabbhapātanaṁ adāsi.

    and he did so.

  699. 699

    माताmā·tā कालमकासि,kā·la·ma·kā·si

    Mātā kālamakāsi,

    The mother died,

  700. 700

    दारकोdā·ra·ko नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    dārako na kālamakāsi.

    but the child did not die.

  701. 701

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  702. 702

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  703. 703

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  704. 704

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa द्वेdve पजापतियोpa·jā·pa·ti·yo होन्ति—hon·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa purisassa dve pajāpatiyo honti—

    At one time a certain man had two wives,

  705. 705

    एकाe·kā वञ्झा,vañ·jhā एकाe·kā विजायिनी।vi·jā·yi·nī

    ekā vañjhā, ekā vijāyinī.

    one barren and one fertile.

  706. 706

    वञ्झाvañ·jhā इत्थीit·thī कुलूपकंku·lū·pa·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Vañjhā itthī kulūpakaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    The barren one said to a monk who associated with her family,

  707. 707

    “सचेsa·ce सा,sā भन्ते,bhan·te विजायिस्सतिvi·jā·yis·sa·ti सब्बस्सsab·bas·sa कुटुम्बस्सku·ṭum·bas·sa इस्सराis·sa·rā भविस्सति।bha·vis·sa·ti

    “sace sā, bhante, vijāyissati sabbassa kuṭumbassa issarā bhavissati.

    “If the other wife gives birth to a son, venerable, she’ll become the head wife.

  708. 708

    इङ्घाय्य,iṅ·ghāy·ya तस्साtas·sā गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ जानाही”ति।jā·nā·hī

    Iṅghāyya, tassā gabbhapātanaṁ jānāhī”ti.

    Please make her have an abortion.”

  709. 709

    “सुट्ठु,suṭ·ṭhu भगिनी”तिbha·gi·nī

    “Suṭṭhu, bhaginī”ti

    “Alright,” he said,

  710. 710

    तस्साtas·sā गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    tassā gabbhapātanaṁ adāsi.

    and he did so.

  711. 711

    उभोu·bho कालमकंसुkā·la·ma·kaṃ·su …पे…pe

    Ubho kālamakaṁsu …pe…

    Both died. …

  712. 712

    उभोu·bho नna कालमकंसु।kā·la·ma·kaṃ·su

    ubho na kālamakaṁsu.

    Neither died.

  713. 713

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  714. 714

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  715. 715

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  716. 716

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā गब्भिनीgab·bhi·nī इत्थीit·thī कुलूपकंku·lū·pa·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā gabbhinī itthī kulūpakaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    On one occasion a woman who was pregnant said to a monk who associated with her family,

  717. 717

    “इङ्घाय्य,iṅ·ghāy·ya गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ जानाही”ति।jā·nā·hī

    “iṅghāyya, gabbhapātanaṁ jānāhī”ti.

    “Venerable, please help me have an abortion.”

  718. 718

    “तेनte·na हि,hi भगिनि,bha·gi·ni मद्दस्सू”ति।mad·das·sū

    “Tena hi, bhagini, maddassū”ti.

    “Well then, crush it,” he said.

  719. 719

    साsā मद्दापेत्वाmad·dā·pet·vā गब्भंgab·bhaṃ पातेसि।pā·te·si

    Sā maddāpetvā gabbhaṁ pātesi.

    She crushed it and had an abortion.

  720. 720

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  721. 721

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  722. 722

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā गब्भिनीgab·bhi·nī इत्थीit·thī कुलूपकंku·lū·pa·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā gabbhinī itthī kulūpakaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    On one occasion a woman who was pregnant said to a monk who associated with her family,

  723. 723

    “इङ्घाय्य,iṅ·ghāy·ya गब्भपातनंgab·bha·pā·ta·naṃ जानाही”ति।jā·nā·hī

    “iṅghāyya, gabbhapātanaṁ jānāhī”ti.

    “Venerable, please help me have an abortion.”

  724. 724

    “तेनte·na हि,hi भगिनि,bha·gi·ni तापेही”ति।tā·pe·hī

    “Tena hi, bhagini, tāpehī”ti.

    “Well then, heat yourself,” he said.

  725. 725

    साsā तापेत्वाtā·pet·vā गब्भंgab·bhaṃ पातेसि।pā·te·si

    Sā tāpetvā gabbhaṁ pātesi.

    She heated herself and had an abortion.

  726. 726

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  727. 727

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  728. 728

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā वञ्झाvañ·jhā इत्थीit·thī कुलूपकंku·lū·pa·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā vañjhā itthī kulūpakaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    On one occasion a barren woman said to a monk who associated with her family,

  729. 729

    “इङ्घाय्य,iṅ·ghāy·ya भेसज्जंbhe·saj·jaṃ जानाहिjā·nā·hi येनाहंye·nā·haṃ विजायेय्यन्”ति।vi·jā·yey·yan

    “iṅghāyya, bhesajjaṁ jānāhi yenāhaṁ vijāyeyyan”ti.

    “Please find some medicine, venerable, to help me become pregnant.”

  730. 730

    “सुट्ठु,suṭ·ṭhu भगिनी”तिbha·gi·nī

    “Suṭṭhu, bhaginī”ti

    “Alright,” he said,

  731. 731

    तस्साtas·sā भेसज्जंbhe·saj·jaṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    tassā bhesajjaṁ adāsi.

    and he gave her some medicine.

  732. 732

    साsā कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    Sā kālamakāsi.

    She died.

  733. 733

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  734. 734

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  735. 735

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

  736. 736

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā विजायिनीvi·jā·yi·nī इत्थीit·thī कुलूपकंku·lū·pa·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā vijāyinī itthī kulūpakaṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    On one occasion a fertile woman said to a monk who associated with her family,

  737. 737

    “इङ्घाय्य,iṅ·ghāy·ya भेसज्जंbhe·saj·jaṃ जानाहिjā·nā·hi येनाहंye·nā·haṃ नna विजायेय्यन्”ति।vi·jā·yey·yan

    “iṅghāyya, bhesajjaṁ jānāhi yenāhaṁ na vijāyeyyan”ti.

    “Please find some medicine, venerable, to help me not become pregnant.”

  738. 738

    “सुट्ठु,suṭ·ṭhu भगिनी”तिbha·gi·nī तस्साtas·sā भेसज्जंbhe·saj·jaṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    “Suṭṭhu, bhaginī”ti tassā bhesajjaṁ adāsi.

    “Alright,” he said, and he gave her some medicine.

  739. 739

    साsā कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    Sā kālamakāsi.

    She died.

  740. 740

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  741. 741

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  742. 742

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

  743. 743

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū सत्तरसवग्गियंsat·ta·ra·sa·vag·gi·yaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ अङ्गुलिपतोदकेनaṅ·gu·li·pa·to·da·ke·na हासेसुं।hā·se·suṃ

    Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sattarasavaggiyaṁ bhikkhuṁ aṅgulipatodakena hāsesuṁ.

    On one occasion the monks from the group of six tickled a monk from the group of seventeen to make him laugh.

  744. 744

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu उत्तन्तोut·tan·to अनस्सासकोa·nas·sā·sa·ko कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu uttanto anassāsako kālamakāsi.

    Being unable to catch his breath, he died.

  745. 745

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  746. 746

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्सा”ति।pā·rā·ji·kas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.”

  747. 747

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सत्तरसवग्गियाsat·ta·ra·sa·vag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū छब्बग्गियंchab·bag·gi·yaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ कम्मंkam·maṃ करिस्सामातिka·ris·sā·mā·ti ओत्थरित्वाot·tha·rit·vā मारेसुं।mā·re·suṃ

    Tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū chabbaggiyaṁ bhikkhuṁ kammaṁ karissāmāti ottharitvā māresuṁ.

    On one occasion the monks from the group of seventeen overpowered a monk from the group of six, intending to do a legal procedure against him. He died.

  748. 748

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    They became anxious …

  749. 749

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्सा”ति।pā·rā·ji·kas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.”

  750. 750

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भूतवेज्जकोbhū·ta·vej·ja·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu यक्खंyak·khaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि।vo·ro·pe·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhūtavejjako bhikkhu yakkhaṁ jīvitā voropesi.

    On one occasion an exorcist monk killed a spirit.

  751. 751

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    He became anxious …

  752. 752

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  753. 753

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  754. 754

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ वाळयक्खविहारंvā·ḷa·yak·kha·vi·hā·raṃ पाहेसि।pā·he·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ vāḷayakkhavihāraṁ pāhesi.

    On one occasion a monk sent another monk to a dwelling inhabited by predatory spirits.

  755. 755

    तंtaṃ यक्खाyak·khā जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसुं।vo·ro·pe·suṃ

    Taṁ yakkhā jīvitā voropesuṁ.

    The spirits killed him.

  756. 756

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  757. 757

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  758. 758

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ वाळयक्खविहारंvā·ḷa·yak·kha·vi·hā·raṃ पाहेसि।pā·he·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ vāḷayakkhavihāraṁ pāhesi.

    On one occasion a monk sent another monk to a dwelling inhabited by predatory spirits, aiming to kill him.

  759. 759

    तंtaṃ यक्खाyak·khā जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसुंvo·ro·pe·suṃ …पे…pe

    Taṁ yakkhā jīvitā voropesuṁ …pe…

    The spirits killed him. …

  760. 760

    तंtaṃ यक्खाyak·khā जीविताjī·vi·tā नna वोरोपेसुं।vo·ro·pe·suṃ

    taṁ yakkhā jīvitā na voropesuṁ.

    The spirits did not kill him.

  761. 761

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  762. 762

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  763. 763

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  764. 764

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ वाळकन्तारंvā·ḷa·kan·tā·raṃ पाहेसि।pā·he·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ vāḷakantāraṁ pāhesi.

    On one occasion a monk sent another monk to a wilderness inhabited by predatory animals.

  765. 765

    तंtaṃ वाळाvā·ḷā जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसुं।vo·ro·pe·suṃ

    Taṁ vāḷā jīvitā voropesuṁ.

    The predatory animals killed him.

  766. 766

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  767. 767

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  768. 768

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ वाळकन्तारंvā·ḷa·kan·tā·raṃ पाहेसि।pā·he·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ vāḷakantāraṁ pāhesi.

    On one occasion a monk sent another monk to a wilderness inhabited by predatory animals, aiming to kill him.

  769. 769

    तंtaṃ वाळाvā·ḷā जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसुंvo·ro·pe·suṃ …पे…pe

    Taṁ vāḷā jīvitā voropesuṁ …pe…

    The predatory animals killed him. …

  770. 770

    तंtaṃ वाळाvā·ḷā जीविताjī·vi·tā नna वोरोपेसुं।vo·ro·pe·suṃ

    taṁ vāḷā jīvitā na voropesuṁ.

    The predatory animals did not kill him.

  771. 771

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  772. 772

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  773. 773

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  774. 774

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोरकन्तारंco·ra·kan·tā·raṃ पाहेसि।pā·he·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ corakantāraṁ pāhesi.

    On one occasion a monk sent another monk to a wilderness inhabited by criminals.

  775. 775

    तंtaṃ चोराco·rā जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसुं।vo·ro·pe·suṃ

    Taṁ corā jīvitā voropesuṁ.

    The criminals killed him.

  776. 776

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  777. 777

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  778. 778

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोरकन्तारंco·ra·kan·tā·raṃ पाहेसि।pā·he·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ corakantāraṁ pāhesi.

    On one occasion a monk sent another monk to a wilderness inhabited by criminals, aiming to kill him.

  779. 779

    तंtaṃ चोराco·rā जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसुंvo·ro·pe·suṃ …पे…pe

    Taṁ corā jīvitā voropesuṁ …pe…

    The criminals killed him. …

  780. 780

    तंtaṃ चोराco·rā जीविताjī·vi·tā नna वोरोपेसुं।vo·ro·pe·suṃ

    taṁ corā jīvitā na voropesuṁ.

    The criminals did not kill him.

  781. 781

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  782. 782

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  783. 783

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  784. 784

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसिvo·ro·pe·si …पे…pe

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu taṁ maññamāno taṁ jīvitā voropesi …pe…

    On one occasion a monk killed a person, thinking it was them …

  785. 785

    तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसिvo·ro·pe·si …पे…pe

    taṁ maññamāno aññaṁ jīvitā voropesi …pe…

    killed another person, thinking it was them …

  786. 786

    अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसिvo·ro·pe·si …पे…pe

    aññaṁ maññamāno taṁ jīvitā voropesi …pe…

    killed a person, thinking they were another …

  787. 787

    अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि।vo·ro·pe·si

    aññaṁ maññamāno aññaṁ jīvitā voropesi.

    killed another person, thinking they were another.

  788. 788

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    That monk became anxious …

  789. 789

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  790. 790

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अमनुस्सेनa·ma·nus·se·na गहितोga·hi·to होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu amanussena gahito hoti.

    At one time a monk was possessed by a spirit.

  791. 791

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पहारंpa·hā·raṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno pahāraṁ adāsi.

    Another monk gave him a blow.

  792. 792

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi.

    He died.

  793. 793

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  794. 794

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  795. 795

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अमनुस्सेनa·ma·nus·se·na गहितोga·hi·to होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu amanussena gahito hoti.

    At one time a monk was possessed by a spirit.

  796. 796

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पहारंpa·hā·raṃ अदासि।a·dā·si

    Aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno pahāraṁ adāsi.

    Another monk gave him a blow, aiming to kill him.

  797. 797

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So bhikkhu kālamakāsi …pe…

    He died. …

  798. 798

    सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so bhikkhu na kālamakāsi.

    He did not die.

  799. 799

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The other monk became anxious …

  800. 800

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  801. 801

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  802. 802

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu कल्याणकम्मस्सkal·yā·ṇa·kam·mas·sa सग्गकथंsag·ga·ka·thaṃ कथेसि।ka·the·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kalyāṇakammassa saggakathaṁ kathesi.

    On one occasion a monk gave a talk about heaven to a man of good behavior.

  803. 803

    सोso अधिमुत्तोa·dhi·mut·to कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So adhimutto kālamakāsi.

    He became keen on it and died.

  804. 804

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  805. 805

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  806. 806

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo कल्याणकम्मस्सkal·yā·ṇa·kam·mas·sa सग्गकथंsag·ga·ka·thaṃ कथेसि।ka·the·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo kalyāṇakammassa saggakathaṁ kathesi.

    On one occasion a monk gave a talk about heaven to a man of good behavior, aiming to kill him.

  807. 807

    सोso अधिमुत्तोa·dhi·mut·to कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So adhimutto kālamakāsi …pe…

    He became keen on it and died. …

  808. 808

    सोso अधिमुत्तोa·dhi·mut·to नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so adhimutto na kālamakāsi.

    He became keen on it, but did not die.

  809. 809

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  810. 810

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  811. 811

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  812. 812

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu नेरयिकस्सne·ra·yi·kas·sa निरयकथंni·ra·ya·ka·thaṃ कथेसि।ka·the·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu nerayikassa nirayakathaṁ kathesi.

    On one occasion a monk gave a talk about hell to a man bound for hell.

  813. 813

    सोso उत्तसित्वाut·ta·sit·vā कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So uttasitvā kālamakāsi.

    He became terrified and died.

  814. 814

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  815. 815

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  816. 816

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo नेरयिकस्सne·ra·yi·kas·sa निरयकथंni·ra·ya·ka·thaṃ कथेसि।ka·the·si

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo nerayikassa nirayakathaṁ kathesi.

    On one occasion a monk gave a talk about hell to a man bound for hell, aiming to kill him.

  817. 817

    सोso उत्तसित्वाut·ta·sit·vā कालमकासिkā·la·ma·kā·si …पे…pe

    So uttasitvā kālamakāsi …pe…

    He became terrified and died. …

  818. 818

    सोso उत्तसित्वाut·ta·sit·vā नna कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    so uttasitvā na kālamakāsi.

    He became terrified, but did not die.

  819. 819

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  820. 820

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  821. 821

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  822. 822

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū नवकम्मंna·va·kam·maṃ करोन्ताka·ron·tā रुक्खंruk·khaṃ छिन्दन्ति।chin·dan·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṁ karontā rukkhaṁ chindanti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were felling a tree while doing building work.

  823. 823

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    A monk said to another monk,

  824. 824

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so अत्रट्ठितोat·raṭ·ṭhi·to छिन्दाही”ति।chin·dā·hī

    “āvuso, atraṭṭhito chindāhī”ti.

    “Fell it while standing here.”

  825. 825

    तंtaṃ तत्रट्ठितंtat·raṭ·ṭhi·taṃ छिन्दन्तंchin·dan·taṃ रुक्खोruk·kho ओत्थरित्वाot·tha·rit·vā मारेसि।mā·re·si

    Taṁ tatraṭṭhitaṁ chindantaṁ rukkho ottharitvā māresi.

    He did. The tree fell on him, and he died.

  826. 826

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  827. 827

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  828. 828

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आळवकाā·ḷa·va·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū नवकम्मंna·va·kam·maṃ करोन्ताka·ron·tā रुक्खंruk·khaṃ छिन्दन्ति।chin·dan·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṁ karontā rukkhaṁ chindanti.

    On one occasion the monks of Āḷavī were felling a tree while doing building work.

  829. 829

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu मरणाधिप्पायोma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yo अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

    A monk said to another monk,

  830. 830

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so अत्रट्ठितोat·raṭ·ṭhi·to छिन्दाही”ति।chin·dā·hī

    “āvuso, atraṭṭhito chindāhī”ti.

    “Fell it while standing here,” aiming to kill him.

  831. 831

    तंtaṃ तत्रट्ठितंtat·raṭ·ṭhi·taṃ छिन्दन्तंchin·dan·taṃ रुक्खोruk·kho ओत्थरित्वाot·tha·rit·vā मारेसिmā·re·si …पे…pe

    Taṁ tatraṭṭhitaṁ chindantaṁ rukkho ottharitvā māresi …pe…

    He did. The tree fell on him, and he died. …

  832. 832

    रुक्खोruk·kho ओत्थरित्वाot·tha·rit·vā नna मारेसि।mā·re·si

    rukkho ottharitvā na māresi.

    The tree fell on him, but he did not die.

  833. 833

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The first monk became anxious …

  834. 834

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  835. 835

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  836. 836

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū दायंdā·yaṃ आलिम्पेसुं;ā·lim·pe·suṃ

    Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dāyaṁ ālimpesuṁ;

    On one occasion the monks from the group of six set fire to a forest grove.

  837. 837

    मनुस्साma·nus·sā दड्ढाdaḍ·ḍhā कालमकंसु।kā·la·ma·kaṃ·su

    manussā daḍḍhā kālamakaṁsu.

    People were burned and died.

  838. 838

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  839. 839

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नमरणाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।na·ma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, namaraṇādhippāyassā”ti.

    “There’s no offense for one who isn’t aiming at death.”

  840. 840

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū मरणाधिप्पायाma·ra·ṇā·dhip·pā·yā दायंdā·yaṃ आलिम्पेसुं।ā·lim·pe·suṃ

    Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā dāyaṁ ālimpesuṁ.

    On one occasion the monks from the group of six set fire to a forest grove, aiming to cause death.

  841. 841

    मनुस्साma·nus·sā दड्ढाdaḍ·ḍhā कालमकंसुkā·la·ma·kaṃ·su …पे…pe

    Manussā daḍḍhā kālamakaṁsu …pe…

    People were burned and died. …

  842. 842

    मनुस्साma·nus·sā दड्ढाdaḍ·ḍhā नna कालमकंसु।kā·la·ma·kaṃ·su

    manussā daḍḍhā na kālamakaṁsu.

    People were burned, but did not die.

  843. 843

    तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monks became anxious …

  844. 844

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  845. 845

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

    āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

    but there’s a serious offense.”

  846. 846

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu आघातनंā·ghā·ta·naṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā चोरघातंco·ra·ghā·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āghātanaṁ gantvā coraghātaṁ etadavoca—

    On one occasion a monk went to a place of execution and said to the executioner,

  847. 847

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so मायिमंmā·yi·maṃ किलमेसि।ki·la·me·si

    “āvuso, māyimaṁ kilamesi.

    “Don’t torture him.

  848. 848

    एकेनe·ke·na पहारेनpa·hā·re·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति।vo·ro·pe·hī

    Ekena pahārena jīvitā voropehī”ti.

    Kill him with a single blow.”

  849. 849

    “सुट्ठु,suṭ·ṭhu भन्ते”तिbhan·te

    “Suṭṭhu, bhante”ti

    “Alright, sir,” he said,

  850. 850

    एकेनe·ke·na पहारेनpa·hā·re·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि।vo·ro·pe·si

    ekena pahārena jīvitā voropesi.

    and he killed him with a single blow.

  851. 851

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  852. 852

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  853. 853

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu आघातनंā·ghā·ta·naṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā चोरघातंco·ra·ghā·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āghātanaṁ gantvā coraghātaṁ etadavoca—

    On one occasion a monk went to a place of execution and said to the executioner,

  854. 854

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so मायिमंmā·yi·maṃ किलमेसि।ki·la·me·si

    “āvuso, māyimaṁ kilamesi.

    “Don’t torture him.

  855. 855

    एकेनe·ke·na पहारेनpa·hā·re·na जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेही”ति।vo·ro·pe·hī

    Ekena pahārena jīvitā voropehī”ti.

    Kill him with a single blow.”

  856. 856

    सो—“नाहंso तुय्हंtuy·haṃ वचनंva·ca·naṃ करिस्सामी”तिka·ris·sā·mī

    So—“nāhaṁ tuyhaṁ vacanaṁ karissāmī”ti

    Saying, “No, I can’t,”

  857. 857

    तंtaṃ जीविताjī·vi·tā वोरोपेसि।vo·ro·pe·si

    taṁ jīvitā voropesi.

    he executed him.

  858. 858

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  859. 859

    “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

    “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

    “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

  860. 860

    आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

  861. 861

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पुरिसोpu·ri·so ञातिघरेñā·ti·gha·re हत्थपादच्छिन्नोhat·tha·pā·dac·chin·no ञातकेहिñā·ta·ke·hi सम्परिकिण्णोsam·pa·ri·kiṇ·ṇo होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso ñātighare hatthapādacchinno ñātakehi samparikiṇṇo hoti.

    On one occasion a man whose hands and feet had been cut off was at his relatives’ house, surrounded by his relations.

  862. 862

    अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu तेte मनुस्सेma·nus·se एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Aññataro bhikkhu te manusse etadavoca—

    A monk said to those people,

  863. 863

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so इच्छथic·cha·tha इमस्सi·mas·sa मरणन्”ति?ma·ra·ṇan

    “āvuso, icchatha imassa maraṇan”ti?

    “Do you want to euthanize him?”

  864. 864

    “आम,ā·ma भन्ते,bhan·te इच्छामा”ति।ic·chā·mā

    “Āma, bhante, icchāmā”ti.

    “Yes, sir.”

  865. 865

    “तेनte·na हिhi तक्कंtak·kaṃ पायेथा”ति।pā·ye·thā

    “Tena hi takkaṁ pāyethā”ti.

    “Then give him buttermilk.”

  866. 866

    तेte तंtaṃ तक्कंtak·kaṃ पायेसुं।pā·ye·suṃ

    Te taṁ takkaṁ pāyesuṁ.

    They gave him buttermilk

  867. 867

    सोso कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So kālamakāsi.

    and he died.

  868. 868

    तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

    Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

    The monk became anxious …

  869. 869

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

    “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  870. 870

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पुरिसोpu·ri·so कुलघरेku·la·gha·re हत्थपादच्छिन्नोhat·tha·pā·dac·chin·no ञातकेहिñā·ta·ke·hi सम्परिकिण्णोsam·pa·ri·kiṇ·ṇo होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kulaghare hatthapādacchinno ñātakehi samparikiṇṇo hoti.

    On one occasion a man whose hands and feet had been cut off was at home, surrounded by his relations.

  871. 871

    अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī तेte मनुस्सेma·nus·se एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Aññatarā bhikkhunī te manusse etadavoca—

    A nun said to those people,

  872. 872

    “आवुसो,ā·vu·so इच्छथic·cha·tha इमस्सi·mas·sa मरणन्”ति?ma·ra·ṇan

    “āvuso, icchatha imassa maraṇan”ti?

    “Do you want to euthanize him?”

  873. 873

    “आमाय्ये,ā·māy·ye इच्छामा”ति।ic·chā·mā

    “Āmāyye, icchāmā”ti.

    “Yes, venerable.”

  874. 874

    “तेनte·na हिhi लोणसोवीरकंlo·ṇa·so·vī·ra·kaṃ पायेथा”ति।pā·ye·thā

    “Tena hi loṇasovīrakaṁ pāyethā”ti.

    “Then give him the salty purgative.”

  875. 875

    तेte तंtaṃ लोणसोवीरकंlo·ṇa·so·vī·ra·kaṃ पायेसुं।pā·ye·suṃ

    Te taṁ loṇasovīrakaṁ pāyesuṁ.

    They gave him the salty purgative

  876. 876

    सोso कालमकासि।kā·la·ma·kā·si

    So kālamakāsi.

    and he died.

  877. 877

    तस्साtas·sā कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

    Tassā kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe….

    The nun became anxious …

  878. 878

    अथa·tha खोkho साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीनंbhik·khu·nī·naṃ एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

    Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

    She then told the nuns,

  879. 879

    भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    who in turn told the monks,

  880. 880

    भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    who then told the Buddha.

  881. 881

    “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ सा,sā भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī आपन्नाā·pan·nā पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

    “Āpattiṁ sā, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī āpannā pārājikan”ti.

    “Monks, that nun has committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

  882. 882

    ततियपाराजिकंta·ti·ya·pā·rā·ji·kaṃ समत्तं।sa·mat·taṃ

    Tatiyapārājikaṁ samattaṁ.

    The third offense entailing expulsion is finished.

Sources. Sanskrit: Satyavedaḥ, the New Testament in Sanskrit (Calcutta Baptist Missionaries, 1851; J. Wenger’s revision of W. Carey’s version). Digital text © 2018 SanskritBible.in, via eBible.org, licensed CC BY-SA 4.0; changed here: arranged by verse and every word linked to the dictionary (links made automatically). Old Testament Sanskrit: the Old Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta Baptist Mission Press, 1848–1852 (public domain), read by OCR from the Internet Archive scans of the Boston University School of Theology copy; unproofread, with machine clean-up only. Pāli Canon: Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka Buddhavasse 2500 (based on the Vipassana Research Institute’s Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition), from SuttaCentral bilara-data, CC0; Devanagari and pronunciation made automatically from the Roman text. Pāli English: Bhikkhu Sujato (suttas) and Bhikkhu Brahmali (Vinaya), SuttaCentral, CC0. Pāli word meanings: the Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary (Rhys Davids & Stede), corrected reprint © The Pali Text Society, CC BY-NC 3.0, digital text from BuddhaDust; word matching automatic. English: King James Version (1769), public domain; words the translators added are in italics. Word meanings and pronunciations: Monier-Williams, Sanskrit–English Dictionary (1872), via this site’s Sanskrit dictionary (CC BY-SA 4.0); English↔Sanskrit word matches made automatically and may need checking.